24.10.2014 Views

English Instructor Manual (PDF) - Metric Version - National ...

English Instructor Manual (PDF) - Metric Version - National ...

English Instructor Manual (PDF) - Metric Version - National ...

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

719.540.9119 (Phone) * 719.540.2787 (FAX)<br />

www.nspf.org<br />

Pool Surface Area<br />

Pool Water Volume<br />

Chemical Dosage<br />

Amounts<br />

Saturation Index<br />

Filter Surface Area<br />

Flow Rate<br />

Filter Flow Rate<br />

Capacity<br />

Turnover Rate<br />

Heater Sizing<br />

Spa Water Draining<br />

Frequency<br />

Make-Up Water Amount<br />

Maximum User Load<br />

Total Dynamic Head<br />

4775 Granby Circle, Colorado Springs, CO 80919-3131<br />

719.540.9119 (Phone) * 719.540.2787 (FAX)<br />

www.nspf.org<br />

4775 Granby Circle, Colorado Springs, CO 80919-3131<br />

719.540.9119 (Phone) 719.540.2787 (FAX)<br />

4775 Granby Circle, Colorado Springs, CO 80919-3131<br />

719.540.9119 (Phone) * 719.540.2787 (FAX)<br />

www.nspf.org<br />

TM<br />

4775 Granby Circle, Colorado Springs, CO 80919-3131<br />

719.540.9119 (Phone) 719.540.2787 (FAX)<br />

4775 Granby Circle, Colorado Springs, CO 80919-3131<br />

719.540.9119 (Phone) * 719.540.2787 (FAX)<br />

www.nspf.org<br />

NSPF®<br />

<strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong><br />

2014<br />

<strong>Metric</strong> Edition<br />

Use this workbook to<br />

learn how to calculate:<br />

CERTIFIED POOL - SPA<br />

INSPECTOR<br />

TRAINING<br />

HANDBOOK<br />

Pool Math <br />

Workbook<br />

Follow this<br />

professional<br />

training manual<br />

to properly<br />

operate aquatic<br />

play features.<br />

Reduce risks to<br />

people and<br />

damage to the<br />

facility.<br />

Aquatic Play<br />

Feature<br />

Handbook<br />

www.nspf.org<br />

www.nspf.orgw.nspf.o<br />

NSPF® Aquatic Management Series<br />

Volume 1:<br />

Aquatic<br />

Risk<br />

Management<br />

NSPF® Aquatic Management Series<br />

Volume 2:<br />

Emergency<br />

Response<br />

Planning<br />

NSPF® Aquatic Management Series<br />

Volume 3:<br />

Aquatic<br />

Facility<br />

Audits<br />

NSPF® Aquatic Management Series<br />

Volume 4:<br />

Recreational<br />

Water<br />

Illnesses<br />

<strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation<br />

4775 Granby Circle, Colorado Springs, CO 80919-3131<br />

<strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation<br />

<strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation<br />

<strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation


NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong><br />

Table of Contents<br />

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS<br />

DISCLAIMER<br />

SECTION 1: THE NSPF INSTRUCTOR 1<br />

ELIGIBILITY 1<br />

INSTRUCTOR CONDUCT 1<br />

INSTRUCTOR RESPONSIBILITIES 1<br />

CPO ® CERTIFICATION BLENDED COURSE RESPONSIBILITIES 2<br />

PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT 2<br />

INSTRUCTOR CERTIFICATION POLICY 2<br />

INSTRUCTOR RE-CERTIFICATION POLICY 3<br />

WITHDRAWAL OF CERTIFICATION 3<br />

SECTION 2: THE LEARNING PROCESS 5<br />

LEARNING 5<br />

ADULT LEARNER CHARACTERISTICS 5<br />

THEORIES OF LEARNING 5<br />

LAW OF RETENTION 6<br />

COMMUNICATION 6<br />

MOTIVATION 6<br />

STAGES OF LEARNING 7<br />

PRESENTATIONS 8<br />

PRESENTATION METHODS 9<br />

PUBLIC SPEAKING 9<br />

TOASTMASTERS INTERNATIONAL 10<br />

THE ART OF QUESTIONING 10<br />

CLASS CONTROL 11<br />

CLASSROOM ENVIRONMENT 11<br />

LEARNING PROCESS 11<br />

SECTION 3: INSTRUCTIONAL AIDS AND LESSON PLANS 13<br />

USING THE LESSON PLANS 13<br />

BASIC RULES FOR LESSON PLAN DEVELOPMENT 14<br />

USING INSTRUCTIONAL AIDS 15<br />

POWERPOINT PRESENTATIONS 15<br />

VIDEO PRESENTATIONS 15<br />

OVERHEAD PRESENTATIONS 16<br />

BOARD TYPE PRESENTATIONS 16<br />

MICROPHONES 16<br />

SECTION 4: THE CERTIFIED POOL/SPA OPERATOR ® CERTIFICATION COURSE 19<br />

CPO ® CERTIFICATION COURSE ADMINISTRATIVE GUIDELINES 21<br />

FULL CPO ® CERTIFICATION COURSE OUTLINE 31<br />

iii<br />

IV<br />

©2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page i


FULL CPO ® CERTIFICATION COURSE SCHEDULE 33<br />

POOL OPERATOR FUSION COURSE OUTLINE AND SCHEDULE 35<br />

CPO ® COURSE LESSON PLANS 37<br />

SECTION 5: THE AQUATIC PLAY FEATURE (APF) COURSE 101<br />

AQUATIC PLAY FEATURE COURSE ADMINISTRATIVE GUIDELINES 103<br />

AQUATIC PLAY FEATURE COURSE OUTLINE AND SCHEDULE 107<br />

AQUATIC PLAY FEATURE LESSON PLANS 109<br />

SECTION 6: THE NSPF AQUATIC MANAGEMENT SERIES 123<br />

AQUATIC MANAGEMENT SERIES ADMINISTRATIVE GUIDELINES 125<br />

AQUATIC RISK MANAGEMENT COURSE OUTLINE AND SCHEDULE 133<br />

AQUATIC RISK MANAGEMENT LESSON PLANS 135<br />

EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLANNING COURSE OUTLINE AND<br />

SCHEDULE 135<br />

EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLANNING LESSON PLANS 137<br />

AQUATIC FACILITY AUDITS COURSE OUTLINE AND SCHEDULE 141<br />

AQUATIC FACILITY AUDITS LESSON PLANS 143<br />

RECREATIONAL WATER ILLNESSES OUTLINE AND SCHEDULE 147<br />

RECREATIONAL WATER ILLNESSES LESSON PLANS 149<br />

SECTION 7: THE CERTIFIED POOL/SPA INSPECTOR (CPI) COURSE 167<br />

CERTIFIED POOL/SPA INSPECTOR COURSE ADMINISTRATIVE<br />

GUIDELINES 169<br />

CERTIFIED POOL/SPA INSPECTOR COURSE OUTLINE AND<br />

SCHEDULE 173<br />

CERTIFIED POOL/SPA INSPECTOR LESSON PLANS 175<br />

APPENDIX 191<br />

Page ii<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong><br />

Acknowledgements<br />

SPECIAL THANKS<br />

Alex Antoniou, Ph.D. – NSPF ® Director or Educational Programs<br />

Bruce Carney – Carney & Associates<br />

Brian Kalisch – NSPF ® Technology Systems Coordinator<br />

Thomas M. Lachocki – Ph.D., NSPF ® CEO<br />

Fontaine Piper, Ph.D. – Chairman, NSPF ® <strong>Instructor</strong> Educational Committee<br />

Margaret Smith – NSPF ®<br />

Silvia Uribe – NSPF ®<br />

NSPF ® INSTRUCTOR EDUCATION COMMITTEE<br />

Humberto Abaroa Lance – APPAC, México<br />

Paul Blake - American Pool Consultants<br />

Connie Sue Centrella – Team Horner<br />

Gary Fraser, Washington State Department of Health<br />

Abiezer Gonzalez – Kendar<br />

Wayne Ivusich – Taylor Technologies<br />

Gretchen Julian – Kent State University<br />

Dr. Fontaine Piper – Chairman, NSPF ® <strong>Instructor</strong> Educational Committee<br />

Steve Lintz<br />

Michael Orr – FPSIE<br />

Phil Reynolds<br />

Roy Vore, Ph.D. – Vore & Associates<br />

©2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page iii


DISCLAIMER<br />

The information furnished in this publication is intended to be advisory in nature and is not intended to provide legal<br />

advice. The <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® (NSPF ® ) <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> has been written to provide information<br />

and guidelines on how to instruct CPO ® certification class participants. It is not intended to replace existing laws, regulations,<br />

or codes. This publication is not meant to establish standards, but does cite existing standards as published<br />

by recognized national and international standards organizations.<br />

The NSPF ® <strong>Instructor</strong> designation can only be granted upon successful completion of a NSPF ® <strong>Instructor</strong> training<br />

program. The text material in this book does not constitute comprehensive training.<br />

NSPF ® <strong>Instructor</strong>s shall be familiar with, abide by, and communicate to students, pertinent local, state and federal<br />

laws, regulations, codes-of-practice, standards of design and operation, and guidelines. The NSPF ® <strong>Instructor</strong> shall<br />

consult industry publications for current information regarding facility design, equipment, legislative changes, liability<br />

concerns, and pool management practices. It is the responsibility of the NSPF ® <strong>Instructor</strong> to be familiar with the common<br />

accepted practices and to have a copy of the appropriate information available.<br />

The NSPF ® <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> should only be used in concurrence with the applicable, appropriate laws, regulations,<br />

and codes, and not as a replacement for those items. Professionals who use this manual should do so in tandem with<br />

their own knowledge and experience, and with assistance received from other professionals in the industry.<br />

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NSPF ® , THE AUTHORS AND EDITORS OF<br />

THIS PUBLICATION DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,<br />

IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, ACCURACY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.<br />

WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, NSPF ® , THE AUTHORS AND EDITORS DO NOT WARRANT, AND DIS-<br />

CLAIM ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS FREE<br />

FROM ERROR, APPLIES TO EVERY SITUATION, COMPLIES WITH LOCAL OR FEDERAL LAWS, OR IS FIT FOR<br />

ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE.<br />

UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL NSPF ® , THE AUTHORS OR EDITORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES,<br />

INCLUDING DIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES THAT RESULT<br />

FROM THE USE OF THIS MANUAL OR THE INFORMATION CONTAINED THEREIN, EVEN IF NSPF ® , THE AU-<br />

THORS OR EDITORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. THIS MANUAL AND<br />

THE INFORMATION THEREIN, INCLUDING THESE LEGAL NOTICES AND TERMS, SHALL BE GOVERNED AND<br />

INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SUBSTANTIVE LAW OF THE STATE OF COLORADO OF THE<br />

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.<br />

© <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® 2014<br />

This document has been published by the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® . www.nspf.org<br />

All rights reserved. Except for the purposes of education and use within the intended environment, no portion of this<br />

document should be reproduced, copied or utilized in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including<br />

photocopying, recording, or by any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the<br />

<strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® . Inquiries should be made in writing, addressed to NSPF ® , 4775 Granby Circle,<br />

Colorado Springs, CO 80919-3131. This work is copyrighted and if reproduced in any form, citation must be made as<br />

follows: NSPF ® <strong>Instructor</strong>s <strong>Manual</strong>, <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® .<br />

TRADEMARKS<br />

Certified Pool/Spa Operator ® (CPO ® ), Certified Pool/Spa Inspector (CPI), Aquatic Play Feature (APF),<br />

Pool Math Workbook, Aquatic Risk Management (ARM), Emergency Response Planning (ERP), Aquatic Facility<br />

Audits (AFA), and Recreational Water Illnesses (RWI) are all registered trademarks of the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool<br />

Foundation ® (NSPF ® ).<br />

Page iv<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


SECTION 1<br />

The NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong><br />

ELIGIBILITY<br />

The <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® (NSPF ® ) does not discriminate against age, sex,<br />

nationality, marital status, sexual orientation, disability or religious preference. Any person who<br />

holds a valid Certifi ed Pool/Spa Operator ® (CPO ® ) certifi cation for a minimum of six months<br />

and scored a minimum of 80% on the CPO ® certifi cation exam is eligible to attend a national<br />

NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> Class. Successful completion of the NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> Class and signing of the<br />

appropriate agreements will result in authorization to teach all NSPF approved courses. In some<br />

cases authorization to teach courses other than the CPO ® certifi cation course is contingent upon<br />

completing the appropriate online version of the course.<br />

INSTRUCTOR CONDUCT<br />

As an authorized NSPF instructor, you represent the philosophies of the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool<br />

Foundation (NSPF). Even though you are not an employee of NSPF, you are expected to follow<br />

the standards and guidelines that have been established and are outlined in the NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong><br />

Agreement and the NSPF Licensing Agreement. NSPF relies on you to ensure that all courses are<br />

taught using the current NSPF handbooks, booklets, and accompanying exams.<br />

INSTRUCTOR RESPONSIBILITIES<br />

To ensure that high standards and quality instruction are always provided, your responsibilities as<br />

an authorized NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> include, but are not limited to:<br />

Be familiar with all course materials.<br />

Plan and coordinate the course in conjunction with <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation<br />

guidelines.<br />

Inform participants of evaluation procedures and course completion requirements.<br />

Create an environment that is conducive to participant learning.<br />

Use only <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation approved materials.<br />

Cover applicable local and state codes and regulations pertaining to state where the<br />

class is held.<br />

Be prepared to cover local and state codes and regulations from other states if residents<br />

from other states enroll in your class. At minimum provide students with resources<br />

needed to obtain their local and state codes and regulations.<br />

Adapt your teaching approaches to the experience and ability of participants while still<br />

enabling them to meet course objectives.<br />

Identify participants who are having diffi culty mastering the course material and develop<br />

effective strategies to further their success in the program.<br />

Be prepared to answer participants’ questions or know where to fi nd the answers.<br />

Administer and score the fi nal written exam.<br />

Ensure that course completion requirements have been met.<br />

Submit completed course records with the appropriate fees to the <strong>National</strong> Swimming<br />

Pool Foundation within the time required.<br />

Abide by all policies and procedures set by the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation as<br />

detailed in the NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> Agreement.<br />

©2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 1


CPO ® CERTIFICATION BLENDED COURSE RESPONSIBILITIES<br />

The blended CPO ® certifi cation course consists of the online Pool Operator Primer and the oneday,<br />

classroom-based Pool Operator Fusion training (discussed in Section 4). The <strong>Instructor</strong><br />

responsibilities for Pool Operator Fusion classes are much the same as with the normal, twoday<br />

course, including course completion requirements. Section 4 has a recommended course<br />

schedule for the blended course. In addition to the above responsibilities, the blended course<br />

requires the instructor to:<br />

Verify completion within the past six (6) months of the Pool Operator Primer through<br />

the NSPF website by collecting each participant’s printed Record of Completion. The<br />

student will be able to print the Record of Completion from their computer.<br />

Verify the student identity by checking a government issued photo identifi cation prior to<br />

entry into the Pool Operator Fusion class, and sign the Record of Completion.<br />

Verify that the student has signed the Record of Completion attesting to the fact that<br />

the student independently completed the online portion of the training. This Record of<br />

Completion must be attached to the fi nal exam of the student prior to sending it in to<br />

the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation. Samples of the Record of Completion can be<br />

found in Appendix E.<br />

Accommodate all Pool Operator Primer students on the second day of any two-day<br />

CPO ® certifi cation class with seats available. While you are not required to reserve<br />

seats only for Pool Operator Primer students, they cannot be turned away from open<br />

classes with room available.<br />

Realize that due to the nature of the online Pool Operator Primer, participants may<br />

arrive at your class with questions and may require extra time to accommodate their<br />

inquiries.<br />

Cover applicable local and state codes and regulations pertaining to state where the<br />

class is held.<br />

Be prepared to cover local and state codes and regulations from other states if residents<br />

from other states enroll in your class. At minimum provide students with resources<br />

needed to obtain their local and state codes and regulations.<br />

PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT<br />

Continuing education and professional development are lifelong processes and are the<br />

responsibility and challenge of every NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong>. Membership in professional organizations<br />

is recommended. Attendance at trade shows, seminars, workshops, and meetings is another way<br />

to keep apprised of the latest technical knowledge and training. Current research, new products,<br />

and application theories are available in technical and educational publications. As the industry is<br />

continually changing, it is important to have the latest information in order to provide the highest<br />

quality of professional service to your participants.<br />

INSTRUCTOR CERTIFICATION POLICY<br />

The NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> certifi cation is valid for a period of one (1) year from the date of course<br />

completion. While your authorization is current, you must teach or co-teach at least one (1) course<br />

and submit the proper course record and fees to the national offi ce. “Co-teaching” involves 100%<br />

participation in a course while sharing presentations with another instructor. Both instructors are<br />

required to sign the Course Certifi cation Record.<br />

During the initial year of each authorization period, you may teach without a co-instructor. If you<br />

Page 2<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


do not teach during the initial year, you may request a one-year probationary extension of your<br />

authorization. During that year, you will be required to successfully co-teach a course with a NSPF<br />

<strong>Instructor</strong> approved by the national offi ce. You must submit the proper paperwork and fees to<br />

receive credit for teaching and to be removed from probation.<br />

Failure to teach within the two-year authorization period will result in withdrawal of your NSPF<br />

<strong>Instructor</strong> certifi cation. Before you will be allowed to teach again, you will have to register for and<br />

pay the fee to attend an NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> class.<br />

For liability reasons, the NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> certifi cation is not an authorization to operate a pool<br />

facility. The NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> certifi cation only authorizes you to teach the CPO ® certifi cation<br />

course as well as any new courses developed by the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation. To<br />

operate a pool, you should maintain a current CPO ® certifi cation. Your CPO ® certifi cation will<br />

automatically be renewed annually as long as you meet the requirements for recertifi cation as an<br />

instructor.<br />

INSTRUCTOR RE-AUTHORIZATION POLICY<br />

The <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation requires all NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong>s to be reauthorized each<br />

year. An instructor is eligible for re-authorization only if they have taught or co-taught at least one<br />

(1) CPO ® certifi cation course (traditional 2-day or Fusion) during the prior year, submitted the<br />

proper CPO ® certifi cation course record and fees, and paid the annual instructor re-authorization<br />

fee.<br />

WITHDRAWAL OF CERTIFICATION<br />

A NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> may be reviewed for “withdrawal of certifi cation” as a result of a written<br />

complaint that addresses inappropriate conduct, breach of instructor agreement, or breach of<br />

the licensing agreement. A review will be conducted by the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation<br />

following an investigation of a complaint. The NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> certifi cation may be suspended<br />

temporarily during the investigation. Permanent suspension, provisional instructor status,<br />

or recertifi cation may result after the investigation. Suspension decisions will be guided by<br />

compliance to signed agreements between the <strong>Instructor</strong> and NSPF.<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 3


Page 4<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


SECTION 2<br />

The Learning Process<br />

LEARNING<br />

Learning is:<br />

Communication<br />

The accumulation of knowledge and skills<br />

A change in attitude and behavior as a result of study or experience<br />

A lifelong process<br />

In its simplest form, learning is a two-stage process. The fi rst stage is inputting information to<br />

memory, and the second stage is extracting that knowledge for practical use. For example, we<br />

input a vast amount of information on a daily basis, but are only able to retain a small portion of it.<br />

Only the portion that we retain is considered learned. For the rest to be considered learned, the<br />

“input” stage will have to be repeated until we are able to retain it for practical use.<br />

Before learning can take place an individual must fi rst realize that how they are currently doing<br />

a task is not necessarily correct or the best way. The fi rst step, therefore, is to make the learner<br />

aware that there is a better, newer, and easier way of doing the old task.<br />

ADULT LEARNER CHARACTERISTICS<br />

You may have some presentation challenges with the participants in your class. However, if you<br />

understand some of the characteristics of the adult learner, you can be prepared to deal with them<br />

appropriately. The adult learner is:<br />

Self-motivated/Self-directed – Adult learners can be forced by management to attend<br />

your class, but they cannot be forced to learn if they choose not to.<br />

Life Experiences – Adults bring a plethora of past experiences with them, which, if<br />

appropriate, can be acknowledged and used. However, sometimes their experiences<br />

are not correct, and subsequently can present an obstacle to learning new concepts and<br />

skills.<br />

Now Oriented – Adults often seek out learning experiences that meet their immediate<br />

needs.<br />

Problem Centered – Often learning is a means to an end, not the end itself. Adults<br />

participate in learning activities to solve existing problems/issues.<br />

Feedback/Reinforcement – Adults need to see results and want feedback, so they<br />

know they are on the right track.<br />

Multi-sensory Learning – How people learn varies. Therefore, learning can be<br />

enhanced through the use of a variety of teaching methods.<br />

Self Concept/Self Esteem – Adults will come with sense of self that can be either<br />

positive or negative. Know that their self-esteem is on the line, especially when learning<br />

new skills and concepts, like the math calculations we use as pool operators.<br />

THEORIES OF LEARNING<br />

These theories refer to how the inputted knowledge is best retained for practical application. The<br />

more of these theories that are incorporated into the learning process, the more likely information<br />

will be retained.<br />

©2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 5


Learning requires motivation (willingness to learn)<br />

Learning requires repetition (repeating an idea using multiple approaches)<br />

Learning occurs through association (information tied to past experience)<br />

Learning occurs through the senses (seeing, hearing, touch, taste, smell)<br />

LAW OF RETENTION<br />

Information, once inputted, will be retained proportionally to the following:<br />

Intensity in which it is impressed<br />

Immediacy in which it is applied<br />

Frequency in which it is used<br />

Value of the information to the individual<br />

COMMUNICATION<br />

Communication requires three (3) parts:<br />

Sender<br />

Message<br />

Receiver<br />

When one of these parts is not clearly defi ned, miscommunication can occur. For instance, a<br />

presenter who talks on an “advanced” level will not effectively communicate with “beginner”<br />

participants. In this case, the message may be clear, but the receiver cannot comprehend the<br />

message. You must understand your participants’ abilities and needs to effectively communicate.<br />

If you present in a manner they cannot understand, participants will lose interest and your course<br />

will be ineffective. Keep your presentation simple, to the point, and focused to your audience.<br />

Remember, the most effective instructor is not one who knows the most but one who<br />

communicates the best. Your participants will tell you if your communication is effective through<br />

certain feedback indicators, including:<br />

Eye contact<br />

Body language (posture)<br />

Participation<br />

Pay close attention to these indicators. Remember, communication is a two-way process. If<br />

participants are sending you a message that your presentation is not clear, make adjustments.<br />

MOTIVATION<br />

Motivation is the most important psychological tool available to the instructor. Learning will<br />

occur only when a participant wants to learn. While it is nice if a student is self-motivated, this<br />

often is not the case. Many participants may not want to be in your class and may present<br />

quite a challenge in the learning process. Therefore, motivation is one of the most important<br />

responsibilities an instructor has in the learning process. In other words, if participants are not<br />

learning or appear bored, your methods of motivating participants to learn should be the fi rst thing<br />

you consider, not that the participants are bad students.<br />

Most often, self-motivation occurs when linked to such areas as:<br />

Job skills and marketability<br />

Leisure time activities<br />

Page 6<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Life challenges or changes<br />

General interest<br />

Self improvement<br />

MONEY!!!<br />

You, the instructor, can greatly infl uence motivation by:<br />

Looking professional<br />

Displaying enthusiasm<br />

Showing personal interest in each participant<br />

Being supportive of others<br />

Offering well-prepared lessons<br />

Keeping things simple and basic, not convoluting and overwhelming<br />

Varying your presentation style by using multiple learning techniques<br />

Providing hands-on learning<br />

Controlling the environment<br />

STAGES OF LEARNING<br />

ORIENTATION STAGE<br />

This stage is totally dependent upon the instructor. In this stage, facts, defi nitions, depth of<br />

content, applications, goals and more are presented to the participant. The manner in which this<br />

material is presented will affect how well each participant comprehends this knowledge.<br />

The orientation stage relies on effective communication between instructor and participants. The<br />

better the communication, the more effective will be the transfer of information.<br />

KNOWLEDGE STAGE<br />

In this stage, participants will assimilate the new information with past experience. This process<br />

involves reasoning and thinking. The knowledge stage relies on a participant’s motivation to learn.<br />

The more motivated the participant, the more information will be stored. However, since this<br />

storage is temporary and limited, do not overwhelm your participants with too much information.<br />

In the knowledge stage, successful assimilation of information occurs:<br />

87% by sight<br />

7% by hearing<br />

3% by smell<br />

2% by touch<br />

1% by taste<br />

It is important to understand this concept because students learn in different ways. Some are<br />

auditory (hearing) learners. Some are visual (sight) learners. Some are tactile (hands-on) learners.<br />

The more multi-sensory your approaches to teaching, the better your chances are of having<br />

effective learning. Regardless of how many senses you utilize, sight is the most effective of all<br />

sensory inputs and should be the primary focus of your presentation style. In addition, using the<br />

theories of learning in your teaching approach will increase your effectiveness in this stage.<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 7


APPLICATION STAGE<br />

In this stage, the raw data that has been stored from the knowledge stage is transformed into<br />

practical application. Unfortunately, much stored data is lost long before it can be used. When<br />

knowledge is used, it is truly “learned.” “Hands-on” provides the strongest reinforcement for<br />

learning.<br />

SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS<br />

With each of these stages, it is important to remember three factors:<br />

1. Primacy-Recency Effect<br />

2. 7 ± 2 theory<br />

3. Law of Effect<br />

Primacy-Recency relates to when to present important information during a presentation. A<br />

learner tends to apply more importance and therefore more attention to the fi rst items in a list and<br />

is therefore more easily retained. The last items are also more easily retained as they will still be<br />

in short term memory<br />

The 7 ± 2 Theory infers that we tend to group important information in clusters not to exceed<br />

groups of 7 ± 2. If the intent of presented information is to have students truly learn the concepts<br />

or events, the amount of important material, presented at one time, is critical to future repetition<br />

over the long-term.<br />

The Law of Effect implies that we tend to repeat those things that are pleasing and tend to not<br />

repeat those things that are displeasing. Positive reinforcement or feedback serves to strengthen<br />

the likelihood that a learner will deem a task pleasing and therefore will be more likely to repeat<br />

the task in the desired manner. An instructor must do everything possible to encourage and<br />

support this behavior.<br />

The NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> must be aware of these potential hindrances when designing the<br />

organization and content of their lessons.<br />

PRESENTATIONS<br />

There are three types of presentations:<br />

The one you want to give<br />

The one you do give<br />

The one you wished you had given<br />

How incredible would it be if all three presentations were the same?<br />

Most people understand the need to prepare a lesson. But most people do not understand the<br />

need to prepare their presentations. This is where most instructors fall short as effective teachers.<br />

Preparing your presentation is as important as preparing your lessons. These include, but are<br />

defi nitely not limited to:<br />

When you will ask a question<br />

When you will tell about a relevant experience<br />

Where you will be standing or moving during the presentation<br />

When you will pause for effect<br />

How your voice will change to emphasize a point<br />

Page 8<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Imagine a Broadway play where the actors just read their lines. I think you will agree that this<br />

would be extremely boring. Now imagine the actors delivering their lines as they do in real shows.<br />

There is a big difference between the two. You, as an instructor, are an actor of sorts. You can<br />

read your lines to your participants in a dry, boring fashion or you can be interesting, fascinating,<br />

and dynamic. In which class would you rather be a participant?<br />

PRESENTATION METHODS<br />

Presenting is communicating. Presentation methods vary from one instructor to another. The best<br />

instructors use multiple methods within their presentations. Whatever method you choose, keep<br />

your approach simple, to the point, and focused on the participants’ needs and abilities. Typical<br />

presentation methods include:<br />

Lecture:<br />

Demonstration:<br />

Group discussion:<br />

Brainstorming:<br />

Simulation:<br />

Presents facts in a short period of time<br />

Focuses participants’ attention on specifi c information<br />

Can be used with a large group<br />

Allows for good role-modeling<br />

Allows participants to learn from seeing a skill performed<br />

Reinforce the lesson<br />

Two-way communication<br />

Useful in problem solving and clarifying issues<br />

Stimulates thinking and more sound conclusions<br />

Engages participants by interactive exercises<br />

Focuses on solutions to problems<br />

Encourages creative thinking<br />

Engages all participants<br />

Allows participants to deal with practical problems<br />

Teaches decision-making<br />

Reinforces concepts learned<br />

PUBLIC SPEAKING<br />

Public speaking is both challenging and rewarding. However, it is a learned skill that takes<br />

practice to perfect. Controlling nervousness is probably the biggest challenge. Most instructors<br />

know enough about the topics they are presenting but fi nd it diffi cult to be relaxed communicators.<br />

Remember, it is not a fault to be human and make mistakes. In many cases, a mistake will “break<br />

the ice” and make the rest of the presentation go much easier. Of course, we all would rather not<br />

make mistakes. Some means of controlling nervousness include:<br />

Being prepared<br />

Keeping a positive attitude<br />

Maintaining eye contact<br />

Smiling<br />

Keeping the presentation pace slow<br />

Projecting your voice<br />

Conducting “introductions”<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 9


Take deep breaths<br />

Use pauses<br />

Soliciting participant involvement<br />

KISS (Keep It Simple & Specifi c)<br />

TOASTMASTERS INTERNATIONAL<br />

Toastmasters International is a public speaking organization that helps individuals overcome<br />

their fear of speaking and to also help them improve their speaking and presentation skills. NSPF<br />

encourages their instructors to join a club near them and in return, when you achieve your fi rst<br />

level as a Competent Communicator (giving 10 speeches at your club) you will be given $100<br />

credit towards you next order of materials.<br />

THE ART OF QUESTIONING<br />

Asking questions of your class is an excellent way to make your presentation more interactive. It<br />

enables you to fi nd out the extent of knowledge your participants have regarding a topic and is an<br />

excellent way to make the class more interesting. It is also a way to challenge the class to think<br />

more and fi nd their own answers. An instructor who is especially profi cient at asking questions<br />

can manipulate discussions in a manner where it appears as if the participants are teaching<br />

themselves. Then all that is left for that instructor to do is to fi ll in the gaps with the information that<br />

was not discussed. However, it is important to understand that asking questions is defi nitely a skill<br />

that can be improved with practice.<br />

There are many types of questions you can use. Questions can range from open-ended and<br />

general, to very specifi c and direct. However, the most important thing to remember about the<br />

use of questioning is not to put a participant in an embarrassing position. You want to facilitate an<br />

open discussion, not cause participants to withdraw mentally from the class.<br />

Safe questions are usually questions that have no right or wrong answer or solicit an opinion. For<br />

example:<br />

What type of fi lter does your pool have?<br />

What do you think about cartridge fi lters?<br />

Has anyone ever tried this product?<br />

You can also ask questions that solicit specifi c responses as long as you pose them to the class,<br />

not to an individual. NEVER direct a specifi c question to one individual. Remember, unless your<br />

<strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation educational class is part of a formal educational curriculum,<br />

most people taking your course have not been in a formal classroom setting for some time. Even<br />

if the participant knows the answer, he/she may not want to participate in discussions because of<br />

personal reasons or shyness. Trying to force a participant into a discussion could turn him/her off<br />

to you and everything you say after that point. In other words, that person will feel that they have<br />

wasted their time and money being a part of your class.<br />

In some instances, you may not get a response from anyone in the class or may not get the<br />

response you seek. If that happens, you may have to re-state the question differently or redefi ne<br />

the question all together. Always stay one step ahead of the discussion. Remember, the more you<br />

practice this art, the better you will get.<br />

Page 10<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


CLASS CONTROL<br />

The role of the instructor is to communicate specifi c information to participants using the methods<br />

and theories previously discussed. You need to focus on course content, keeping the learning<br />

process from being interrupted. However, there are times when distractions or interruptions may<br />

slow the process and the instructor will need to maintain or regain control of the class. Participants<br />

will take a <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation educational course for many reasons. Not all<br />

of your participants want to improve themselves as pool operators, but are there to fulfi ll job<br />

requirements instead. The following examples of participants may create challenges for you in<br />

maintaining class control.<br />

The Attention Seeker is an overly-enthusiastic person who will dominate or refocus class<br />

discussions if not directed in a positive manner. By acknowledging this individual and then actively<br />

involving other participants in discussions, you can control the focus of the topic.<br />

The Know-It-All is a self-styled expert, who may or may not contribute valuable information based<br />

on their experience. If the know-it-all can contribute in a positive manner, use this experience to<br />

reinforce the information you are giving. Your biggest concern may be in controlling the discussion<br />

and maintaining time restrictions. If the know-it-all cannot contribute, you should acknowledge any<br />

comments they make but continue with your lecture, or suggest further discussion during a break.<br />

The Complainer is an individual with a negative attitude, who may rebel due to lack of knowledge<br />

and fear of being discovered. As soon as possible, you should speak to this individual separately,<br />

offering encouragement and support if needed. If you do not take the initiative, the complainer can<br />

disrupt your class and create a negative feeling among other participants. If all other efforts fail,<br />

negotiate a truce or ask the individual to leave.<br />

CLASSROOM ENVIRONMENT<br />

Classroom environment is very important in setting the stage for learning to occur. If the<br />

classroom is not conducive to learning, the learning process will be more diffi cult, and even the<br />

best instructors may fail. The classroom setting should provide a comfortable and appropriate<br />

learning environment. The room should:<br />

Be comfortable in temperature<br />

Be well-lighted<br />

Be well-ventilated<br />

Provide enough space for large fl at tables and chairs<br />

Be convenient to restrooms and exits<br />

Wherever possible, provide refreshments for participants<br />

LEARNING PROCESS<br />

Many parts to the learning process have been previously described. However when you use the<br />

process, always recognize the needs of the participants. Your knowledge and experience are<br />

always welcomed, as long as you present the information at a level and pace your participants<br />

can handle.<br />

Know your limitations. You are human. No one expects you to know everything. If you do not<br />

know an answer to a question, do not try to bluff your way through. You will gain more respect<br />

from your participants by admitting your limitations. However, it is your obligation to fi nd the<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 11


answers. Do some post-course research and respond to unanswered questions as soon as<br />

possible.<br />

Teaching is a learned skill. Your knowledge and presentation style will continue to improve<br />

with each course you teach. This is true only if you recognize your shortcomings and engage in<br />

continuing education that will assist in improving knowledge and reducing presentation weakness.<br />

A viable way to enhance your presentation ability is to become a member of a group such as<br />

Toastmasters ® International, an organization where you are provided with opportunities to become<br />

more competent communicator.<br />

Page 12<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


SECTION 3<br />

Instructional Aids and Lesson Plans<br />

USING THE LESSON PLANS<br />

Lesson planning is similar to using a road map to plan a trip. Not only do you need to know how<br />

to get from point A to point B, you also need to know how long it will take to get there. Otherwise,<br />

you will just wander and ramble and may never reach your destination.<br />

Lesson planning is a very involved and time consuming process. NSPF has already developed<br />

lesson plans for many of the courses you are authorized to teach. In most cases this has saved<br />

you at least fi ve (5) hours of preparation for every one (1) hour of presentation. A good lesson<br />

plan will answer three major questions:<br />

1. Where are your students going?<br />

2. How are they going to get there?<br />

3. How will you know when they’ve arrived?<br />

The design of a lesson plan will vary. All lesson plans outline the steps and procedures to be<br />

followed that will give a student the best chance of meeting the lesson objectives. These will<br />

generally include:<br />

1. Topic objectives (Why is this important?)<br />

2. Total presentation time (How long will it take?)<br />

3. Equipment and materials (What do I need?)<br />

4. Presentation outlines (What I will present?)<br />

The specifi c design of lesson plans provided to you in this manual is as follows:<br />

1. Presentation time<br />

2. Ancillary materials available<br />

3. Lesson objectives<br />

4. Leading questions<br />

5. Key points<br />

6. Activities<br />

7. Final questions<br />

The Presentation Time is a guideline to help you cover the material in each lesson. You have the<br />

fl exibility to modify times to cover additional material that you may wish to add based on the needs<br />

of the class. However, the basic information in the outlines needs to be covered to ensure that<br />

a student has the greatest chance to successfully pass the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation<br />

educational exam.<br />

The Ancillary Materials are contained in the appendices in the back of this manual. They<br />

include information that should be used as supplemental handouts for each participant. There<br />

is also information that may be useful in setting and conducting courses from the administrative<br />

standpoint. Also available is a CD with PowerPoint presentations for each chapter of the textbook.<br />

These will supplement your presentation by visually reinforcing the key points of each lesson<br />

outline. You can also use the PowerPoint slides to develop handouts for your class.<br />

©2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 13


Lesson Objectives are the basic goals that should be achieved with each lesson. Depending on<br />

your time availability, more objectives may be added to each presentation.<br />

Leading Questions are questions that can be used to stimulate discussion and fi nd out the<br />

background and prior knowledge of the participants. For the most part, these questions are openended<br />

and have no right or wrong response. In this way, participants can answer without fear<br />

of being embarrassed. More specifi c questions can always be added. However, keep in mind<br />

that the objective is to stimulate discussion and fi nd out background information, not to put a<br />

participant on the spot and risk embarrassment.<br />

Key Points are the need-to-know information from each lesson. They are supplemented with the<br />

information from the PowerPoint presentation. Additional points may always be added, as long as<br />

they are relevant to the topic and do not create a time management issue.<br />

Activities are exercises that, with suffi cient time and equipment availability, can help to<br />

emphasize a concept or give practical experience to a lesson. Remember, many of your<br />

participants may be tactile learners. The hands-on approach will help them learn better as well.<br />

Final Questions provide an opportunity to bring the lesson to a close. It gives you an opportunity<br />

to check the level of understanding that your class has pertaining to the lesson you just covered.<br />

This will be important if the next lesson builds on the last one. This also provides a good bridge to<br />

the next lesson.<br />

The Lesson Outlines highlight the most important (need-to-know) information from each chapter.<br />

They also represent the information needed to achieve the objectives of the certifi cation course.<br />

It is suggested that you use a variety of teaching methods such as lecture, demonstration,<br />

and group discussion to cover these points. Additional material may be supplemented to your<br />

presentation. However, remember that the certifi cation exam only covers information found in the<br />

NSPF Pool & Spa Operator Handbook.<br />

BASIC RULES FOR LESSON PLAN DEVELOPMENT<br />

Should you desire to develop your own lesson plans, there are a few basic reminders and rules.<br />

1. The most important rule is that a lesson plan should be detailed and complete enough<br />

to assist you should you forget a concept.<br />

2. Inclusion of information in the lesson plan should be in the following order with time<br />

being the limiting factor:<br />

a. information that participants must know to meet the minimum requirements for<br />

Certifi ed Pool/Spa Operator ® certifi cation<br />

b. information that participants should know to better operate their facilities<br />

c. information that is nice to know for enhanced knowledge<br />

3. The lesson must provide for practice when application of knowledge is the primary<br />

concern.<br />

4. Select the presentation method (lecture, demonstration, discussion, etc.) that will best<br />

allow you to accomplish the lesson objectives.<br />

5. Practice your presentation to insure that the lesson content can be delivered in the<br />

allotted time.<br />

Page 14<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


USING INSTRUCTIONAL AIDS<br />

The use of instructional aids is a requirement for effective communication. They supplement and,<br />

in many cases, enhance presentations. It is important for you to learn how to use a variety of<br />

instructional aids to create an effective course. This section will describe common instructional<br />

aids and their usage.<br />

There are some common factors that apply to all presentation methods. They include:<br />

1. Set up audio visual equipment well before class begins.<br />

2. Tape down all electrical lines to eliminate trip hazards<br />

3. Have spare projector bulbs immediately available<br />

4. Check visibility from farthest point in room<br />

5. Check order of presentation<br />

6. Check that all pictures and slides are aligned properly<br />

7. Check type size for legibility<br />

8. Have safety light available if room is totally darkened<br />

9. Don’t crowd slides with too much information<br />

10. Always face the class when presenting<br />

POWERPOINT PRESENTATIONS<br />

PowerPoint (a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation) has fast become the expected<br />

standard for visual presentations. Using a computer with a projector device, PowerPoint<br />

presentations offer visual images that you might not be able to see in the classroom setting. Large<br />

equipment, fi lters, pumps, pool shells, and recirculation systems are examples of situations where<br />

PowerPoint point would give an excellent visual effect. NSPF has made a great effort to include<br />

images of this equipment in the handbook and the PowerPoint slides. The NSPF PowerPoint<br />

program also offers fl exibility within the presentation. It includes color and special effects to better<br />

illustrate a point and images from the handbook to help the student receive a consistent message<br />

from the instructor and the handbook.<br />

Lower lighting may be required for PowerPoint presentations. This may create a challenge,<br />

especially when participants are using their calculators.<br />

When using PowerPoint presentations:<br />

Set up the computer and projector before class<br />

Make sure all electrical wires are securely taped and covered to prevent electrical shock<br />

or a trip hazard<br />

Check operation and sequencing of images before class<br />

Use a remote control extension when possible<br />

Know where all light switches are located<br />

Have low lighting always available<br />

Have spare projection bulbs available<br />

Have a fl ashlight available<br />

VIDEO PRESENTATIONS<br />

Videos will allow you to use professionally-made presentations during your course. Videos can<br />

be obtained for almost any segment of an NSPF certifi cation course. These videos range from<br />

presentations on various legal issues to demonstrations of equipment and procedures. Remember<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 15


to follow all <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® guidelines when showing product-oriented<br />

videos to avoid promoting any specifi c brand of products. NSPF offers a DVD that can be used to<br />

augment your presentation to possibly enhance student learning and understanding.<br />

When using video presentations:<br />

Follow <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® guidelines regarding not endorsing<br />

branded products<br />

Set up the computer with a projector and locate the fi les that contain video<br />

Set up the DVD player before class<br />

Check visibility from the back of the room<br />

Know where all light switches are located<br />

Have low lighting always available<br />

Make sure all electrical wires are securely taped and covered<br />

OVERHEAD PRESENTATIONS<br />

Overhead projectors are rapidly becoming obsolete with LCD projection technology. Overhead<br />

transparencies can be hand-drawn using multi-colored pens or from electronic images that are<br />

printed on a transparency sheet. Overhead utilization is good for impromptu situations when a<br />

PowerPoint slide is not readily available such as brainstorming session. When using overhead<br />

presentations:<br />

If you are preparing your transparencies, write legibly<br />

Use quality writing utensils specifi cally made for overheads and transparencies and<br />

have extras<br />

Do not overcrowd a transparency with too much information<br />

BOARD-TYPE PRESENTATIONS<br />

Board-type presentations include chalk boards, fl ip charts and poster boards. They are effective<br />

with small groups of participants. However, with larger groups, vision becomes a problem. Precourse<br />

preparation is essential if you are going to be successful with a board-type presentation.<br />

The biggest challenge is the constant movement to change displays. This can be very timeconsuming<br />

if not well planned. When using board-type presentations:<br />

Use quality writing utensils and have extras<br />

Write legibly using large lettering (approximately 2-3 inches high)<br />

Check visibility from the back of the room<br />

Pre-plan your work using cue cards if necessary<br />

KISS (Keep It Simple & Specifi c)<br />

KILL (Keep It Level and Legible)<br />

Do not overcrowd a display with too much information<br />

Face the group when talking, not the board<br />

MICROPHONES<br />

Speaking for long periods of time can leave your voice hoarse and sore. Microphones can provide<br />

you with an effective way to address large audiences with little effort on your voice. When using a<br />

microphone, remember to:<br />

Speak directly into the microphone.<br />

Hold the microphone 6-8 inches away from your mouth. Be consistent with the distance<br />

to ensure proper volume levels.<br />

Page 16<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Wireless microphones that can be clipped to your collar are also available.<br />

Speak at a conversational volume. Let the microphone do the amplifi cation.<br />

Speak slowly. Spoken words will sound garbled if you speak too quickly.<br />

Speak clearly. Words will sound slurred if not spoken clearly.<br />

Speak precisely. Articulation defects such as “er”, “um”, “uh”, etc. will be magnifi ed with<br />

a microphone.<br />

Be aware of your movement limitations. Cords and microphone locations may limit your<br />

ability to move freely throughout the class.<br />

If participants ask questions, repeat the question for others to hear.<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 17


Page 18<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


SECTION 4<br />

The Certified Pool/Spa Operator® (CPO®) Certification Course<br />

Section Contents:<br />

CPO ® Certifi cation Course Administrative Guidelines ......................................21<br />

Full CPO ® Certifi cation Course Outline ............................................................31<br />

Full CPO ® Certifi cation Course Schedule .........................................................33<br />

Pool Operator Fusion Course Outline and Schedule ...................................35<br />

CPO ® Certifi cation Course Lesson Plans:<br />

Course Introduction ..........................................................................................37<br />

Chapter 1 – Pool and Spa Management ..........................................................39<br />

Chapter 2 – Regulations and Guidelines .........................................................43<br />

Chapter 3 – Essential Calculations ..................................................................47<br />

Chapter 4 – Pool Water Contamination ...........................................................49<br />

Chapter 5 – Disinfection ...................................................................................53<br />

Chapter 6 – Water Balance ..............................................................................57<br />

Chapter 7 – Pool & Spa Water Problems .........................................................61<br />

Chapter 8 – Chemical Testing ..........................................................................65<br />

Chapter 9 – Chemical Feed and Control ..........................................................69<br />

Chapter 10 – Water Circulation ........................................................................71<br />

Chapter 11 – Pool & Spa Filtration ...................................................................75<br />

Chapter 12 – Heating and Air Circulation .........................................................79<br />

Chapter 13 – Spa and Therapy Operations .....................................................81<br />

Chapter 14 – Facility Safety .............................................................................85<br />

Chapter 15 – Keeping Records ........................................................................89<br />

Chapter 16 – Maintenance Systems ................................................................91<br />

Chapter 17 – Troubleshooting ..........................................................................93<br />

Chapter 18 – Facility Renovation & Design .....................................................95<br />

State and Local Code Supplement ..................................................................97<br />

Review Calculations .........................................................................................99<br />

©2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 19


Page 20<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


CPO® Certification Course Administrative Guidelines<br />

COURSE DESIGN<br />

The CPO ® certifi cation course is designed to provide individuals with the basic knowledge,<br />

techniques, and skills of pool and spa operation. This body of knowledge is covered in the<br />

eighteen (18) chapters, as well as the glossary and appendices, of the NSPF Pool & Spa<br />

Operator Handbook. The training for CPO ® certifi cation requires you to cover the key<br />

contents of the NSPF Pool & Spa Operator Handbook and then offer guidance on products<br />

and information. You may invite individuals who are “experts” to address advanced technical<br />

information. However, certifi cation standards are developed from the contents of the NSPF Pool &<br />

Spa Operator Handbook only. The NSPF Pool & Spa Operator Handbook is not a substitute<br />

for state or local regulations.<br />

LEARNING OUTCOMES<br />

(These outcomes focus on the CPO ® certification class - not the <strong>Instructor</strong> Class)<br />

At the conclusion of the CPO ® certifi cation course, participants should be able to:<br />

1. Explain the role an operator plays in pool operation<br />

2. List the components of a good management plan<br />

3. Develop a network of resource materials<br />

4. Develop a list of personal contacts<br />

5. Identify physical, chemical, and biological hazards associated with the pool<br />

environment<br />

6. List the steps to follow to minimize physical, chemical, and biological hazards<br />

associated with the pool environment<br />

7. Identify the local regulations that apply to safe pool<br />

8. Identify the industry standards governing pool operation<br />

9. Explain the importance of a positive relationship with local regulatory agencies<br />

10. Explain the need for testing and documentation as it relates to pool and spa operation<br />

11. Perform pool calculations as they relate to pool and equipment measurements and<br />

chemical usage computations<br />

Participants should also understand the basic concepts of:<br />

Pool management<br />

Water quality management<br />

System components<br />

System maintenance<br />

Pool and spa design<br />

Special needs of hot water spa environments<br />

COURSE PREPARATION<br />

Careful thought and preparation is needed to set up and administer a CPO ® certifi cation course<br />

or any NSPF approved course. Planning may begin as early as six (6) to twelve (12) months<br />

before the scheduled class. Appendices B and C will assist you in planning and preparing for your<br />

course.<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 21


Some areas to consider are:<br />

Training schedule<br />

Facility<br />

Promotion<br />

Staffi ng<br />

Course materials<br />

Course fees<br />

Registration process<br />

CPO ® certifi cation process<br />

Examination process<br />

Course administration<br />

TRAINING SCHEDULE<br />

All CPO ® certifi cation courses must be approved by the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® prior<br />

to the date of the course. Course registration should be at least two (2) weeks before the start<br />

of the course. This not only allows adequate time to receive all the necessary materials but also<br />

provides time for the NSPF offi ce to promote your course. To help ensure the success of your<br />

course, the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® may restrict the scheduling of CPO ® certifi cation<br />

courses that confl ict with other scheduled CPO ® certifi cation courses in the same or nearby<br />

locations on the same dates. See Appendix D for complete course scheduling guidelines.<br />

The time allotment guidelines recommended for each content area have some degree of fl exibility.<br />

Regardless of the amount of time spent on each section, all participants take the same exam and<br />

meet the same certifi cation standards. When planning the schedule, consider the requirements of<br />

the local code, differences in operational techniques, equipment, and job responsibilities of your<br />

participants. Teach the program to meet the needs of the operators, but remember the broadness<br />

required to be a certifi ed operator. The course outline in Section 4 will assist you in planning the<br />

schedule for your course.<br />

There are two formats for conducting a CPO ® certifi cation course: the two-day classroom course<br />

and the blended training course, which is a combination of the Pool Operator Primer and Pool<br />

Operator Fusion. The following table outlines the two formats:<br />

Prerequisites<br />

Time<br />

Requirement<br />

Certification/Completion<br />

Requirement<br />

Full 2-Day Classroom<br />

Course<br />

None 14-16 hours Minimum 75% score on the<br />

CPO ® certifi cation exam<br />

Pool Operator Primer<br />

(Online Course)<br />

None Online Pool<br />

Operator Primer<br />

Complete all 8 online lessons<br />

Pool Operator Fusion<br />

(1-Day Classroom<br />

Course)<br />

Pool Operator<br />

Primer<br />

8 hours of<br />

classroom<br />

Minimum 75% score on the<br />

CPO ® certifi cation exam<br />

POOL OPERATOR PRIMER<br />

This is the fi rst step to earning the CPO ® Certifi cation, and prerequisite for the Pool Operator<br />

Fusion training, using the blended format training course. The online curriculum consists of 8<br />

lessons that cover all 18 chapters in the Pool & Spa Operator Handbook, which is included as<br />

Page 22<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


part of the training. Successful completion earns the student a Record of Completion, which the<br />

student will be able to print from their computer. The NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> must collect this Record of<br />

Completion from the student prior to entry into the one-day Pool Operator Fusion training. See<br />

Appendix E for sample copies of the Record of Completion.<br />

POOL OPERATOR FUSION<br />

This is the one-day training offered by NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong>s, which can be the second day of the<br />

two-day classroom CPO ® Certifi cation course. Students must present a Pool Operator Primer<br />

Record of Completion and successfully complete a Pool Operator Fusion class to earn the<br />

CPO ® Certifi cation. <strong>Instructor</strong>s must verify the student’s identity by checking a government issued<br />

photo identity prior to allowing the student to begin the Pool Operator Fusion. The Record<br />

of Completion must also be signed by the student attesting to the fact that they independently<br />

completed the online portion of the training program. The record must be sent to the NSPF along<br />

with the test and class record.<br />

FACILITY<br />

CPO ® certifi cation courses may be set up at hotels/motels and schools. Agencies such as parks<br />

and recreation departments, colleges, community centers, and health departments may be<br />

solicited to co-host a course. Occasionally, courses may be set up in conjunction with regional<br />

conferences or conventions. In many instances, sites will barter free participant registration in<br />

exchange for free use of their facility.<br />

Regardless of the facility you choose, the environment in which your CPO ® certifi cation course is<br />

conducted will have a major effect on the learning process. You need to ensure that:<br />

The setting is comfortable with few distractions<br />

Conveniences such as food, drink, and restrooms are nearby<br />

Large tables are used, with plenty of room to spread out materials<br />

The location is convenient and directions are easy to understand<br />

The presentation is easy to see and hear<br />

PROMOTING THE PROGRAM<br />

Advertising for your CPO ® certifi cation course is your responsibility. You may use a brochure or<br />

fl yer of your design or request a sample brochure from the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ®<br />

to assist you in soliciting participants for a course. The <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® can<br />

help promote your CPO ® certifi cation course by listing the course on the NPSF ® web site. Course<br />

information may be provided to the NSPF offi ce by telephone, fax, e-mail, or through the<br />

www.nspf.org instructor website.<br />

STAFFING<br />

You are encouraged to invite individuals who have demonstrated expertise in a given fi eld to<br />

address advanced technical information. Guest presenters can enhance the course by providing<br />

detailed information about their specialty that you may not be able to supply. However, remember<br />

that the certifi cation standards are developed from the contents of the NSPF Pool & Spa<br />

Operator Handbook only. These standards may not be altered, even with the availability of<br />

enhanced information.<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 23


ENDORSEMENTS<br />

<strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® policy strictly forbids the endorsement of any product,<br />

especially one which you or your guest presenters might represent. Presentations must remain<br />

generic to ensure that the policies and objectives of the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ®<br />

are upheld. Any reference to a product in more than generic terms could be construed as an<br />

endorsement and create a confl ict of interest between your/their organization and the <strong>National</strong><br />

Swimming Pool Foundation ® .<br />

You may, however, use exhibits and handouts to enhance your presentation. These may be<br />

obtained from manufacturers and distributors. When using materials and products, the following<br />

guidelines should be strictly adhered to:<br />

A disclaimer must be given when products and materials are exhibited or used in the<br />

presentation.<br />

Whenever possible, manufacturer labels and tags should be removed.<br />

Specifi c products, pamphlets, fl yers or other references that pertain to your business<br />

can only be displayed and/or discussed outside of the classroom during noninstructional<br />

time.<br />

If a student should ask your recommendation of a product, you should remain<br />

neutral during the class time. Only during non-instructional time can you give your<br />

recommendations of products.<br />

COURSE MATERIALS<br />

It is requested that orders for the NSPF Pool & Spa Operator Handbook and CPO ® certifi cation<br />

exam be placed at least 10 to 14 days in advance in order to ensure on-time delivery for the<br />

course. Orders received during the business day are normally shipped the same day. All deliveries<br />

are made using UPS. Therefore, please provide a complete street address (no post offi ce boxes)<br />

and a contact telephone number.<br />

Payment for materials may be made by check, money order, or credit card. Orders cannot be<br />

shipped without payment in full. Returned checks may result in sanctions against the instructor.<br />

Unused, undamaged NSPF Pool & Spa Operator Handbooks may be returned within six (6)<br />

months of ordering. A 20% processing fee will be deducted from the refund amount.<br />

SUGGESTED COURSE FEES<br />

You have the discretion to set any course fee you wish. However, you should attempt to be<br />

consistent with other CPO ® certifi cation courses within your geographic area. You may want<br />

to consider the following “per participant” guidelines (based on 10 students in the class) in<br />

developing your pricing: The following sample is based on US dollars and may be adjusted to<br />

your local currency.<br />

Page 24<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


2-Day Blended Drop-in<br />

Student<br />

NSPF: NSPF Pool & Spa Operator Handbook $ 35.00 $ 85.00<br />

CPO ® Certifi cation Fee $ 30.00 $ 30.00 $ 30.00<br />

Subtotal = $ 65.00 $115.00 $ 30.00<br />

Facility: Room Rental $ 55.00 $ 27.50<br />

Equipment Rental $ 15.00 $ 7.00<br />

Coffee, Refreshments, etc. $ 20.00 $ 10.00<br />

Luncheons (extra)<br />

Subtotal = $ 90.00 $ 47.50<br />

Offi ce: Promotion $ 2.50 $ 2.50<br />

Mailing Costs $ 2.50 $ 2.50 $ 1.50<br />

Miscellaneous Expenses (phones, etc.) $ 5.00 $ 5.00 $ 2.50<br />

Subtotal = $ 10.00 $ 10.00 $ 4.00<br />

<strong>Instructor</strong>: Travel, Food, Lodging $ 70.00 $ 35.00<br />

Instructional Aids $ 10.00 $ 5.00<br />

Guest Speakers’ Fee $ 30.00 $ 15.00<br />

Subtotal = $110.00 $ 55.00<br />

TOTAL = $275.00 $227.50 $34.00<br />

This is a sample fee to charge your students. The actual registration fee could be between $250 -<br />

$450 depending on your area and what the market will bear. It is suggested that you establish an<br />

advance registration fee (received at least 10-14 days prior to the course) and a late registration<br />

fee (received within 10-14 days of the course). This encourages early registration and gives you a<br />

better idea of the number of participants you will have for your course.<br />

Additionally, if the instructor is offering the Blended CPO ® certifi cation course, there is the $85<br />

per student fee to consider, which is for the online Pool Operator Primer training portion of the<br />

course and the NSPF Pool & Spa Operator Handbook.<br />

Agencies such as universities, parks and recreation departments, YMCAs and health departments<br />

are sometimes willing to offer support in covering the expenses of promotion, materials, mailing,<br />

facilities, food, or participant scholarships. This co-sponsorship promotes their organizations as<br />

educators of managers and operators who provide safer and more effi ciently operated pools.<br />

Another strategy is to barter for services. For example, the fee for renting a facility may be waived<br />

in exchange for letting one or two of their people in the class at a reduced charge or no charge.<br />

This kind of partnership can greatly reduce your actual expenses.<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 25


REGISTRATION PROCESS<br />

The registration process will set the tone for you and your CPO ® certifi cation course. This is the<br />

fi rst contact with your course participants. A well-planned and executed registration process will<br />

establish you as an industry professional.<br />

Develop an advanced registration procedure that includes a letter confi rming the receipt of each<br />

participant’s registration. A sample letter is available in Appendix F. Regardless of the method<br />

is used, students should be contacted as soon as possible after you receive their registration.<br />

This will confi rm that you have received their registration and that they have completed the<br />

requirements for your registration process.<br />

Prior to the course, materials and information should be mailed to participants. This will allow them<br />

to be as prepared as possible for a very extensive program. Since many students register early,<br />

you may need to send an additional mailing. If so, include a course schedule and directions, along<br />

with any other information or materials you want them to have prior to the course. Also, remind<br />

the students to bring a calculator!<br />

The on-site registration procedure should include information and materials as well as incidentals<br />

such as paper, writing utensils, name tags, handouts, and extra calculators. This is also an<br />

opportunity to have equipment and product displays available. Since this is the fi rst impression<br />

that many of the students will get of your course, be sure to be professional and courteous. Many<br />

students will have questions and apprehensions about taking the course. Reassure them that<br />

you will be very thorough in your presentations and that they will have every opportunity to ask<br />

questions.<br />

CERTIFICATION PROCESS<br />

ELIGIBILITY<br />

The <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® does not discriminate against age, sex, nationality,<br />

marital status, sexual orientation or religious reference. Any person who successfully completes<br />

the CPO ® certifi cation training and passes the applicable exam with a grade of 75% or higher may<br />

be certifi ed.<br />

ATTENDANCE<br />

Participants taking the CPO ® certifi cation course must attend all sessions of the program.<br />

EXAM<br />

Participants must take one of the NSPF CPO ® certifi cation examinations as part of the<br />

requirements for receiving CPO ® certifi cation. The CPO ® certifi cation exam is an “open book”<br />

examination, meaning that participants may use the NSPF Pool & Spa Operator Handbook, a<br />

calculator, and any materials or references made available to them during the course. Participants<br />

must score a 75% or higher to receive certifi cation. All class participants must also present a valid,<br />

government-issued photo ID to the instructor when returning the completed examination. It is the<br />

instructor’s responsibility to verify the identity of the student. The instructor must also initial the<br />

bottom left corner of the front page of each completed exam.<br />

Page 26<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


The exams contain multiple choice questions. The questions have been carefully selected from<br />

a test bank to challenge the participant’s comprehension of course material. Other questions or<br />

exams may not be substituted.<br />

Exams are color-coded and should be distributed in groups of three.<br />

Exam A (White) – Given to every third person<br />

Exam B (Blue) – Similarly distributed<br />

Exam C (Green) – Similarly distributed<br />

A fourth exam (yellow) is available for any students that need to re-take the exam.<br />

Examinations must be given on-site at the CPO ® certifi cation course. Each exam must be<br />

completed by only one (1) individual and all participants must take the exam at the scheduled<br />

time and with all other candidates. The purpose is to provide a similar testing environment for all<br />

candidates. A student is allowed a minimum of 2.5 hours to complete the certifi cation examination.<br />

If a student desires IACET continuing education credit they must complete the exam in no<br />

more than 2.5 hours.<br />

<strong>Instructor</strong>s will make every effort to maintain the confi dentiality of the CPO ® certifi cation<br />

examinations. In this regard, cellular telephones are not allowed on the desk or table during the<br />

exam. They should be placed in a briefcase, purse, or pocket during the exam. Smartphone<br />

applications may not be used.<br />

Participants must be monitored during the examination period. No mail-in exams will be accepted.<br />

If a participant cannot read or cannot understand the language due to an eligible disability<br />

consistent with the Americans with Disability Act, a written request may be submitted to NSPF via<br />

the instructor to request the examination be read aloud to the student.<br />

Participants who do not meet the minimum exam score of 75% may re-take the exam at the<br />

instructor’s option. A separate yellow re-take exam is available for this purpose. CPO ® candidates<br />

who are re-taking the exam may do so during agreed upon time. Under no circumstances<br />

should an exam be given to the student who is not under the direct supervision of the instructor.<br />

Individuals re-taking the exam must do so within 90 days of the original course in which they failed<br />

the exam.<br />

The following points are offered in preparing the participants for examination:<br />

When submitting the completed exam to the instructor, the student MUST present<br />

a valid, government-issued photo Identification. <strong>Instructor</strong>s must initial exams<br />

indicating that a valid Identifi cation was observed.<br />

Cellular telephones are not allowed on the desk or table during the exam. They should<br />

be placed in a briefcase, purse, or pocket during the exam. No smartphone applications<br />

are allowed during the exam.<br />

Explain that the exam is more an exercise in fi nding answers in the handbook than<br />

of actual pool knowledge. The rationale is that if you can fi nd an answer to an exam<br />

question, you can fi nd an answer to a pool problem.<br />

Reinforce the use of the index, table of contents, and chapter title side bars to assist in<br />

fi nding information within the handbook.<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 27


Maintain a positive approach to the exam. Do not create panic by signifying how diffi cult<br />

the exam may be.<br />

Congratulate all participants for their effort in handling a very demanding schedule while<br />

covering a great deal of material.<br />

Review the “open book” procedure and emphasize using the NSPF Pool & Spa<br />

Operator Handbook to research answers. All questions are covered in the handbook.<br />

Establish the maximum time you will allow for taking the examination (minimum is 2.5<br />

hour and maximum for IACET CEUs is 2.5 hour).<br />

Breaks are permissible but should be kept short. Exams should not be removed from<br />

the area of instructor supervision.<br />

Offer a systematic approach to answering the exam questions. Tell participants to go<br />

through the entire exam answering questions that are familiar and then go back and<br />

research more diffi cult questions.<br />

Keep participants informed as to how much time is remaining in the examination period.<br />

It is required that each participant do his or her own work. You are to monitor the exam, providing<br />

assistance to questions and maintaining a formal and quiet environment.<br />

CERTIFICATION POLICY<br />

The CPO ® certifi cation and registration is valid for a period of fi ve (5) years from the date of course<br />

completion.<br />

RECERTIFICATION POLICY<br />

A person may renew their CPO ® certifi cation by one of the following methods:<br />

Prerequisites<br />

Time<br />

Requirement<br />

Certification/Completion<br />

Requirement<br />

Full 2-Day Classroom<br />

Course<br />

None 14-16 hours Minimum 75% score on the<br />

CPO ® certifi cation exam<br />

1-day Review<br />

(Classroom Course)<br />

Current CPO ®<br />

certifi cation<br />

8 hours Minimum 75% score on the<br />

CPO ® certifi cation exam<br />

Exam Only Current CPO ®<br />

certifi cation + Pool<br />

Operator Primer<br />

Time needed to<br />

complete certifi cation<br />

exam<br />

Minimum 75% score on the<br />

CPO ® certifi cation exam<br />

NOTE:<br />

**Student must receive a copy of the most recent NSPF Pool & Spa Operator Handbook<br />

REVOKING CERTIFICATION<br />

Anyone with CPO ® certifi cation may be reviewed for withdrawal of certifi cation as a result of a<br />

written complaint from a duly-appointed health offi cial. A review will be conducted by the <strong>National</strong><br />

Swimming Pool Foundation ® following an investigation of the complaint.<br />

The <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® will work in cooperation with health departments<br />

and their offi cials. A certifi ed operator must maintain standards of operation that demonstrate<br />

knowledge of codes, regulations and practices that represent professional decisions and conduct.<br />

Page 28<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


POST-COURSE CORRESPONDENCE<br />

As soon as possible following the course, participants should be notifi ed of their grades and when<br />

to expect their certifi cation. Even during the busiest times, NSPF’s goal is to process certifi cation<br />

within three days of receipt of the course certifi cation record, exams, and full payment from the<br />

instructor.<br />

If they have passed the exam, the students should receive a “congratulations” letter. If they have<br />

failed the exam, they should receive a “repeat course” letter. Samples of both letters are available<br />

in Appendices H and I.<br />

“Thank you” letters should be sent to anyone associated with the planning and implementation<br />

of the course. Other staff members and presenters should receive special recognition as well as<br />

manufacturers and distributors who supplied products and materials for your program. Also, the<br />

facility or sponsoring agency should be acknowledged for their role in the program.<br />

COURSE ADMINISTRATION<br />

Within two (2) weeks of the completion of your CPO ® certifi cation course, you must submit the<br />

following to the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation offi ce:<br />

1. COURSE CERTIFICATION RECORD<br />

You must complete the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® Course Certifi cation Record as<br />

shown in Appendix T. This document is also available on the NSPF instructor web site. The<br />

Course Certifi cation Record must be typed or printed in legible handwriting and include:<br />

<strong>Instructor</strong>’s name and registration number<br />

Location of the course<br />

Starting and ending dates<br />

Complete names of all participants attending class<br />

Complete mailing addresses of participants (should be home address)<br />

CPO ® certifi cation exam grade<br />

2. EXAM RESULTS<br />

All exams (both passing and failing) must be listed on the Course Certifi cation Record and be<br />

returned to the NSPF offi ce. Only those receiving 75% or higher will be issued CPO ® certification.<br />

You should keep in your personal course fi le a copy of all exams of those who received less than<br />

75% on the CPO ® certifi cation exam.<br />

3. CERTIFICATION FEES<br />

A Certifi cation Fee of $30.00 (USD)for each participant who passes the examination must be<br />

submitted to the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® . Certifi cation fees must accompany the<br />

CPO ® Certifi cation Course Record and all exams regardless of whether the student passed or<br />

failed the exam.<br />

4. REPORTING<br />

A packet containing the CPO ® Course Certifi cation Record with both “passing” and “failing”<br />

participants listed, all CPO ® certifi cation exams (both passing and failing), and the $30.00 (USD)<br />

per participant certifi cation fee must be mailed to the:<br />

<strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ®<br />

4775 Granby Circle<br />

Colorado Springs, CO 80919-3131<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 29


5. PERSONAL RECORDS<br />

For legal and liability concerns, you should maintain a complete fi le of all correspondence and<br />

records associated with the CPO ® certifi cation course. This fi le may be helpful in many aspects<br />

from planning your next course to supplying documentation for a legal action or audit. Included in<br />

your fi le should be:<br />

All correspondence to facilities, staff, participants, etc.<br />

All contracts and written agreements<br />

Copies of all promotional materials including brochures, fl yers, etc.<br />

Copies of all participant registration information and payments<br />

Copies of all course handout materials including schedules, presenter biographies, etc.<br />

Copies of “failed” student exams<br />

A complete fi nancial summary<br />

Page 30<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Full CPO® Certification Course Outline<br />

The following course schedule is a typical example. The course schedule should be adjusted<br />

based on local health codes to proportion time on topics required by code.<br />

The approximate time dedicated to specifi c topics is summarized below along with a listing of the<br />

most relevant NSPF Pool & Spa Operator Handbook Chapters that cover these topics:<br />

Water Chemistry (4-6 hours)<br />

Pool Water Contamination<br />

Disinfection<br />

Water Balance<br />

Chemical Feed and Control<br />

Chemical Testing<br />

Calculations<br />

Record Keeping<br />

Filtration – Circulation (2-4 hours)<br />

Water Circulation<br />

Pool and Spa Filtration<br />

Spa and Therapy Operations<br />

Troubleshooting<br />

Maintenance (1-3 hours)<br />

Maintenance Systems<br />

Pool and Spa Management<br />

Chemical Feed and Control<br />

Heating and Air Circulation<br />

Disinfection<br />

Water Balance<br />

Chemical Testing<br />

Operations and Safety (1-3 hours)<br />

Facility Safety<br />

Spa and Therapy Operations<br />

Troubleshooting<br />

Health Code (30 min – 1½ hour)<br />

Regulations and Guidelines<br />

All other chapter sections<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 31


Full CPO® Certification Course Outline (cont’d)<br />

Calculations (1-2 hours)<br />

Essential Calculations<br />

Pool and Spa Water Problems<br />

Disinfection<br />

Water Balance<br />

Water Circulation<br />

Pool and Spa Filtration<br />

Chemical Testing<br />

Spa/Hot Tub (45 min – 1½ hour)<br />

Spa and Therapy Operations<br />

Disinfection<br />

Water Balance<br />

Pool and Spa Water Problems<br />

Maintenance Systems<br />

Troubleshooting<br />

Page 32<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Full CPO® Certification Course Schedule<br />

Day 1<br />

Time Chapter Topic<br />

8:00 - 8:15 am - Introduction and Housekeeping<br />

8:15 – 8:45 am 1 Pool & Spa Management<br />

8:45 – 9:15 am 2 Regulations & Guidelines<br />

9:15 - 10:15 am 3 Essential Calculations<br />

10:15 - 10:30 am - Break<br />

10:30 - 11:00 am 4 Pool Water Contamination<br />

11:00 – 12:00 pm 5 Disinfection<br />

12:00 - 12:45 pm - Lunch<br />

12:45 – 1:30 pm 6 Water Balance<br />

1:30 – 2:30 pm 7 Pool & Spa Water Problems<br />

2:30 - 3:00 pm 8 Chemical Testing<br />

3:00 – 3:15 pm - Break<br />

3:15 - 3:45 pm 9 Chemical Feed & Control<br />

3:45 – 4:30 pm 10 Water Circulation and Pool & Spa Filtration<br />

4:30 - 5:15 pm 11 Pool & Spa Filtration<br />

5:15 - 5:30 pm - Review and Questions<br />

Day 2<br />

Time Chapter Topic<br />

8:00 - 9:00 am 3,7,10,11 Review Calculations and Questions<br />

9:00 – 9:30 am 12 Heating and Air Circulation<br />

9:30 - 10:00 am 2S State and Local Codes*<br />

10:00 – 10:15 am - Break<br />

10:15 – 11:15 am 13 Spa and Therapy Pool Operation<br />

11:15 – 12:00 am 14 Facility Safety<br />

12:00 – 12:45 pm - LUNCH (on your own)<br />

12:45 – 1:15 pm 15 Keeping Records<br />

1:15 – 1:30 pm 16 Maintenance<br />

1:30 – 2:00 pm 17 Trouble Shooting<br />

2:00 – 2:30 pm 18 Facility Renovation and Design<br />

2:30 - 3:00 pm - Review and Questions<br />

3:00 – 3:15 pm - BREAK<br />

3:15 – 5:45 pm - EXAM (75% minimum)<br />

(minimum 2.5 hrs)**<br />

* Must include Code Supplement outline for states that require specifi c code lesson<br />

** Maximum time allowed for IACET credit.<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 33


Page 34<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Pool Operator Fusion Course Outline and Schedule<br />

(ONE DAY WITH STUDENTS FROM ONLINE POOL OPERATOR PRIMER COURSE)<br />

The following course schedule is the recommended schedule for a blended course when student<br />

participate in the one day option after completing the online portion of the training. Follow this<br />

schedule if you are teaching a stand-alone blended course. If Pool Operator Primer students are<br />

attending the second day of a two-day class, use the second day of the two-day schedule. The<br />

course schedule should be adjusted based on local health codes to proportion time on topics<br />

required by code.<br />

The approximate time dedicated to specifi c topics is summarized below along with a listing of the<br />

most relevant NSPF Pool & Spa Operator Handbook chapters that cover these topics:<br />

Water Chemistry (2¼ hours)<br />

Pool Water Contamination<br />

Disinfection<br />

Water Balance<br />

Chemical Feed and Control<br />

Chemical Testing<br />

Calculations<br />

Record Keeping<br />

Filtration – Circulation (1¼ hours)<br />

Water Circulation<br />

Pool and Spa Filtration<br />

Spa and Therapy Operations<br />

Troubleshooting<br />

Maintenance (¾ - 1 hours)<br />

Maintenance Systems<br />

Pool and Spa Management<br />

Chemical Feed and Control<br />

Heating and Air Circulation<br />

Disinfection<br />

Water Balance<br />

Chemical Testing<br />

Operations and Safety (½ hour)<br />

Facility Safety<br />

Spa and Therapy Operations<br />

Troubleshooting<br />

Health Code (¾ - 1¾ hours)<br />

Regulations and Guidelines<br />

All other chapter sections<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 35


Pool Operator Fusion Course Outline and Schedule<br />

Calculations (1 - 1¾ hours)<br />

Essential Calculations<br />

Pool and Spa Water Problems<br />

Disinfection<br />

Water Balance<br />

Water Circulation<br />

Pool and Spa Filtration<br />

Chemical Testing<br />

One Day Fusion Format Training<br />

Time Chapter Topic<br />

8:00 - 9:00 am 3,7,10,11 Review Calculations and Questions<br />

9:00 - 9:30 am 4 Water Contamination<br />

9:30 - 10:15 am 2 Regulations & Guidelines*<br />

10:15 – 10:30 am - BREAK<br />

10:30 – 11:30 am 8 Chemical Testing<br />

11:30 – 12:15 am 7 Pool & Spa Water Problems<br />

12:15 - 1:15 pm - LUNCH (on your own)<br />

1:15 – 1:45 pm 10 Water Circulation<br />

1:45 – 2:15 pm 11 Pool & Spa Filtration<br />

2:15 - 3:00 pm 5 Disinfection<br />

3:00 – 3:20 pm - Review and Questions<br />

3:20 - 3:30 pm - Break<br />

3:30 – 6:00 pm EXAM (75% minimum) (minimum 2.5 hrs)**<br />

* Must include Code Supplement outline for states that require specifi c code lesson<br />

** Maximum time allowed for IACET credit.<br />

Page 36<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Course Introduction<br />

Handbook:<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

No handbook references<br />

30 minutes<br />

Course Introduction<br />

Pool & Spa Operator Handbook<br />

Handouts<br />

Course schedules<br />

Name tags<br />

Objectives: Objectives for this lesson include:<br />

1. Review the housekeeping policies.<br />

2. Explaining the course format.<br />

3. Explaining the certifi cation requirements.<br />

4. Review the course objectives.<br />

Key Points: Welcome the participants to your CPO ® certifi cation course. Conduct introductions of<br />

everyone involved in the course. Have name tags available for each participant. Have a short, preprepared<br />

bio for each instructor and speaker. Then have each participant introduce themselves<br />

and give a very brief background of their position and aquatic background.<br />

Key Points: Explain the various housekeeping policies of your class and facility. These include:<br />

Explain where restrooms are located.<br />

Explain where emergency exits are located.<br />

Explain where public phones are located.<br />

Explain your cellular telephone policy. In most cases, that means that all cellular<br />

telephones should be turned off for the duration of the course except during breaks.<br />

Explain the food and drink policy.<br />

Explain the smoking policy, including locations where participants may smoke.<br />

Key Points: Explain the course format. These include:<br />

Reinforce the need to have a valid, government-issued identifi cation when the student<br />

takes and turns in the exam.<br />

Course materials.<br />

Discuss the course schedule.<br />

Discuss the scheduled breaks, including meals.<br />

Explain that the CPO ® certifi cation exam is an “open book” examination, meaning<br />

that participants may use their Pool & Spa Operator Handbook and any materials or<br />

references made available to them during the course. Participants must score a 75% or<br />

higher to receive certifi cation.<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 37


Key Points: Explain the CPO ® certifi cation requirements. These include:<br />

Participants must score a 75% or higher to receive certifi cation.<br />

Explain how participants will be notifi ed of certifi cation. Will they be notifi ed by mail or<br />

will you grade the exams on site and let them know their scores?<br />

Explain how long it will take from the completion of the course to receive their<br />

certifi cations.<br />

Key Points: Explain the CPO ® re-certifi cation requirements. These include:<br />

Explain that the CPO ® certifi cation is valid for 5 years from the completion date of the<br />

course<br />

Explain the re-certifi cation options<br />

Take the complete course either two day in-class or the blended program<br />

Complete the Pool Operator Primer and contact an NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> to take the<br />

certifi cation exam<br />

Attend a one day re-certifi cation course and successfully complete the examination<br />

Key Points: Discuss the course objectives. These include:<br />

Understand the role of the operator in pool operation and management<br />

Develop a network of resource materials and personal contacts<br />

Be able to eliminate or minimize physical and biological hazards<br />

Be familiar with various local regulations and industry standards governing pool<br />

operation and the importance of a positive relationship with local regulatory agencies<br />

Understand the need for documentation as it relates to pool/spa operation and liability<br />

risks<br />

Be able to perform pool calculations as they relate to pool/equipment measurements<br />

and chemical usage computations<br />

Key Points: Discuss that participants should also understand the basic concepts of:<br />

Pool management<br />

Swimming pool design<br />

Water quality management<br />

Potential hazards in and around the pool/spa<br />

System components<br />

System maintenance<br />

Final Questions: Ask participants if they have any questions before you begin the course. Assure<br />

them that you will try to explain things in a manner that they can understand and go at a pace that<br />

allows them to learn. Reassure them that you are there to help them complete the requirements of<br />

the course.<br />

Page 38<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Chapter 1 – Pool and Spa Management<br />

Handbook: Pages 1-10<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

Materials:<br />

Chapter 1 Slides<br />

30 minutes<br />

Excerpts from regulatory agency regulations requiring pool operator<br />

certifi cation.<br />

Objectives: At the end of this lesson, the student will be able to::<br />

1. List the reasons one should obtain CPO ® certification<br />

2. List who should seek CPO ® certifi cation<br />

3. Explain the difference between the general types of aquatic features<br />

4. Explain the four components of a management system<br />

5. List the components and key factors of a risk management plan<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

Why is it important to obtain CPO ® certifi cation?<br />

Who should be have CPO ® certifi cation?<br />

Why do many regulatory agencies require CPO ® certifi cation?<br />

What factors would result in immediate closure of a facility?<br />

Activity: Read several excerpts from various regulatory agency regulations requiring pool<br />

operator certifi cation. If the region in which you are teaching the course has specifi c regulations<br />

regarding certifi cation, cover that as well.<br />

Key Points: Discuss the importance of CPO ® certifi cation. These include:<br />

Regulatory compliance. Explain that many regulatory agencies require certification to<br />

operate pools and spas and that the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation Certifi ed<br />

Pool/Spa Operator ® (CPO ® ) certifi cation is the most recognized pool operator<br />

certifi cation in the world.<br />

Job requirements. Explain that although possibly not required by law, many<br />

organizations require CPO ® certifi cation because of the comprehensive education it<br />

provides, to operate pools and spas.<br />

Insurance requirements. Because of the liability associated with operating a pool or spa,<br />

insurance companies may require some sort of training. The CPO ® certifi cation course<br />

is ideal for that purpose.<br />

General knowledge. Explain that many people just want general knowledge regarding<br />

the operation and maintenance of pools and spas. The CPO ® certifi cation course is the<br />

most comprehensive and most recognized program available in the industry today.<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 39


Key Point: Discuss the factors that would result in immediate closure of a facility. These include<br />

but are not limited to:<br />

Free chlorine or total bromine below the required state minimum<br />

pH outside of acceptable range<br />

Circulation not operating at required rate<br />

Main drains not visible or securely attached<br />

Drain covers not in compliance with ANSI/APSP - 16 (check with your country<br />

requirements for drain covers)<br />

Single drain pool or spa does not have an additional level of protection against<br />

entrapment<br />

Water temperature exceeds 104 °F (40 °C)<br />

Facility does not have self closing, self-latching gates and fencing does not prohibit<br />

access by unsupervised children<br />

Key Points: Discuss who should obtain CPO ® certifi cation: These include:<br />

Pool owners<br />

Pool managers and supervisors<br />

Pool maintenance staff<br />

Lifeguards<br />

Pool technicians<br />

Pool and spa service company employees<br />

Health offi cials<br />

Property managers<br />

Key Points: Discuss the types of facilities that need personnel who have obtained CPO ®<br />

certifi cation. These include:<br />

Public pools. This includes, but is not limited to, recreation and community center pools.<br />

Semi-public pools. This includes, but is not limited to, hotels, motels, homeowner<br />

associations, and fi tness clubs.<br />

Waterparks.<br />

Aquatic playgrounds.<br />

Therapy and special purpose pools.<br />

Residential pools. If you own a pool, it is important that you minimize hazards and know<br />

how to operate and maintain it.<br />

Key Points: Discuss the primary responsibility of a manager. Include an explanation of the four<br />

management functions. These include:<br />

Planning - forecasting, developing, programming, scheduling, budgeting, etc<br />

Organizing - identifying and arranging work, delegation, and creating the management<br />

structure<br />

Leading – decision making, motivating, communicating, hiring and staff development<br />

Controlling – standards of performance, measuring, evaluating and correction<br />

Key Points: Discuss the primary purpose of a risk management plan and the key factors that<br />

must be considered. These include:<br />

Defi nition of the scope of risk management<br />

Prevention of injuries to patrons and staff<br />

Page 40<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Protection of facility assets<br />

Minimizing of legal liability<br />

Key factors in risk management planning<br />

Negligence – failure to act in accordance with the corresponding standard of care<br />

Standard of care – individual uses due care and acts prudently given the circumstances<br />

Duty of care – the amount of reasonable care owed to facility patrons and staff<br />

Record keeping – documentation as to the application of or adherence to the standard<br />

of care<br />

Activity: Provide students with case examples from the Aquatic Risk Management Handbook.<br />

Have student give examples of acts that might contribute to a breach of the four key factors.<br />

Suggest that students purchase a copy of the Aquatic Risk Management Handbook and<br />

investigate continuing education opportunities offered through the NSPF website.<br />

Alternatively, offer to teach the classroom course for Aquatic Risk Management.<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break.<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 41


Page 42<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Chapter 2 – Regulations and Guidelines<br />

Handbook: Pages 11-22<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

30 minutes<br />

Chapter 2 Slides<br />

Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)<br />

Sample local or state regulations<br />

Appendix C-3 (from Pool & Spa Operator Handbook)<br />

NOTE: The content of this lesson may be supplimented with information about the<br />

regulatory governing agencies of your country.<br />

Objectives: At the end of this lesson, the student will be able to:<br />

1. List the difference between regulations and standards<br />

2. List the agencies that have an impact on the aquatic industry<br />

3. List the role of the agencies that directly impact the aquatic industry<br />

4. List the governmental regulations that have an infl uence on pool operations<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

What is the difference between a standard and a regulation?<br />

Why are regulations important to the operation of a pool?<br />

What areas of the aquatic industry do regulations impact?<br />

Why do you think regulations became necessary?<br />

Who creates the regulations and guidelines we use in the aquatic industry?<br />

What regulatory agencies have the greatest impact on the aquatic industry?<br />

Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of the aquatic industry that regulations and standards<br />

impact. These include:<br />

Water quality and disinfection.<br />

Facility design and construction.<br />

Facility operation and management.<br />

Activity: Show or distribute local or state regulations. Briefl y highlight areas of the regulations that<br />

impact pool operators.<br />

Key Points: Discuss the difference between a regulation and a standard. These include:<br />

Standards are “recommended guidelines” that industries generally set for themselves.<br />

If standards become broadly recognized as the “standard of care”, they often can<br />

supersede regulations in legal actions, such as lawsuits. Organizations that commonly<br />

set aquatic standards include, but are not limited to:<br />

Association of Pool and Spa Professional (APSP)<br />

American <strong>National</strong> Standards Institute (ANSI)<br />

Centers for Disease Control (CDC)<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 43


American Red Cross<br />

Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC)<br />

ASTM International (ASTM)<br />

NSF International (NSF)<br />

Underwriters Laboratories (UL)<br />

Regulations are “mandatory” rules that cannot be deviated from without permission<br />

from the regulation-setting agency. Failure to comply with regulations may result<br />

in monetary fi nes and disciplinary actions, such as facility closures. Organizations<br />

commonly setting aquatic regulations in the US include:<br />

Health departments<br />

Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)<br />

Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)<br />

Department of Transportation (DOT)<br />

Department of Justice (DOJ)<br />

Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC)<br />

Key Points: Explain that while all the organizations listed have an impact on the aquatics industry<br />

in some way, there are several that maintain a dominating presence. These include health<br />

departments, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), the Environmental<br />

Protection Agency (EPA), the Department of Justice, the Centers for Disease Control (CDC), and<br />

the Association of Pool and Spa Professionals (APSP) and American <strong>National</strong> Standards Institute<br />

(ANSI).<br />

Discuss the various aspects of health departments. These include:<br />

Health departments, more than any other regulating agency, have a direct day-to-day<br />

impact on the operation and management of aquatic facilities<br />

Health departments are sources for operating permits, site inspections, and regulations<br />

governing such things as, but not limited to, water quality standards (disinfection,<br />

bacterial limits, etc.), supervision requirements (lifeguards, etc.), operational parameters<br />

(fi lter sizes, turnover rates, etc.), swimmer capacity limits, and construction requirements<br />

Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration<br />

(OSHA). These include:<br />

OSHA is one of the most powerful agencies in federal government today. It regulates<br />

the “employer to employee” relationship of all labor.<br />

One of OSHA’s two most important regulations impacting the aquatics industry is the<br />

Hazard Communication Standard, also known as the “Employee Right to Know Law.” As<br />

it pertains to the aquatic industry, it regulates how pool operators handle equipment and<br />

chemicals that could be hazardous to their health and safety.<br />

The other important OSHA regulation that impacts the aquatics industry is the<br />

Bloodborne Pathogens Standard, which is also part of the Hazard Communication<br />

Standard. It regulates how to deal with employee exposure to blood and bodily fl uids.<br />

This is a considerable concern in the aquatic industry, especially with lifeguards who<br />

deal with cuts and scrapes on a daily basis.<br />

One of the most important OSHA tools used in protection of employees is the Material<br />

Safety Data Sheet (MSDS). An MSDS is required for every chemical stored and used in<br />

commercial applications. This includes pool chemicals, cleaning products, paints, etc.<br />

MSDSs should be posted near chemical storage and on fi le and must be available to all<br />

employees at no cost to them. MSDSs give valuable information about each chemical<br />

Page 44<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


including:<br />

General information<br />

Hazardous ingredients<br />

Physical data<br />

Fire and explosion data<br />

Reactivity data<br />

Health hazard data<br />

Spill or leak procedures<br />

Special protection and control measures<br />

Special precautions<br />

Activity: If possible, have enough copies of a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) so that each<br />

participant can have his/her own copy. Explain that MSDSs are required for each chemicallyproduced<br />

product used in commercial application. Explain that MSDSs must be available to all<br />

employees, posted near the chemical storage area, and on fi le within the organization. Explain<br />

that OSHA’s fi ne for failure to have an MSDS is “…up to $10 per day per MSDS … and each day<br />

constitutes a new violation.”<br />

Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of the Environmental Protection Agency. These include:<br />

The EPA regulates the “organization to general public” relationship in the aquatic<br />

industry.<br />

One of EPA’s most important regulations impacting the aquatics industry is SARA Title<br />

III; also know as the “Community Right to Know Law.” This law regulates how we deal<br />

with the release and spills of hazardous or toxic chemicals.<br />

Other important laws include the Clean Water Act and the Clean Air Act, which impact<br />

how we regularly dispose of chemically treated water (backwash) and chlorinated<br />

exhaust air.<br />

Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of the Department of Justice. These include:<br />

One of the Department of Justice’s most important regulations is the Americans with<br />

Disabilities Act. This law regulates accessibility to your facility for individuals with<br />

disabilities. It may impact an aquatic facility by requiring ramps, special bathroom and<br />

locker facilities, and special means of entering and exiting the water.<br />

Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of the Centers for Disease Control (CDC). These<br />

include:<br />

While not a regulations setting agency, CDC does create guidelines for the elimination<br />

or control of hazardous microbiological organisms, such as the ones covered in the Pool<br />

Water Contamination chapter (Chapter 4)<br />

The current guidelines for handling feces and diarrhea discharge were created by CDC<br />

Part of the cost of this class is going to fund research at the CDC to prevent disease<br />

outbreaks due to chlorine-resistant pathogens<br />

Model Aquatic Health Code<br />

Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of the Association of Pool and Spa Professional (APSP)<br />

and American <strong>National</strong> Standards Institute (ANSI). These include:<br />

APSP, in conjunction with ANSI, have established most of the aquatic industry<br />

standards used in the world today<br />

While not legally binding in any way, many of these standards have been held as the<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 45


industry “standard of care” in court cases<br />

Key Points: Discuss the role of the American Red Cross (ARC) and YMCA in establishing<br />

standards relative to the aquatic industry. These include:<br />

ARC and YMCA efforts in establishing learn to swim programs and lifeguard training<br />

programs<br />

ARC efforts in establishing fi rst aid and CPR training for lifeguards<br />

Agencies roll in establishing the “standard of care” in court cases<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

Page 46<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Chapter 3 – Essential Calculations<br />

Handbook: Pages 23 - 32<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

60 minutes<br />

Chapter 3 Slides<br />

Calculation Formulas handout (Appendix J from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />

Pool Math Workbook<br />

Calculator<br />

Objectives: At the end of this lesson, the student will be able to:<br />

1. Convert ounces to pounds, and fl uid ounces to gallons.<br />

2. Convert inches to feet, meters to feet, and yards to feet.<br />

3. Calculate surface areas for a rectangular or circular shaped pool.<br />

4. Calculate water volume for a rectangular or circular shaped pool.<br />

5. Calculate water volume for a multi-dimensional aquatic facility.<br />

Leading Question:<br />

Why is it important for pool operators to be able to convert small measures (grams and<br />

milliliters) into larger measures (kilos and litres)?<br />

Activity: Explain that being able to convert small measures into larger measures is important for<br />

such things as purchasing chemicals. For example, imagine what it would be like to go to a pool<br />

store and request 21,000 grams of a chemical. The response may be anything except what we<br />

want. Instead, if we request 21 kilos of a chemical, we are liable to get a totally different response.<br />

The amount is the same. The response to our request is totally different.<br />

Using the Calculation Formulas handout, demonstrate how to convert grams to kilos, and<br />

millileters to litres. Have participants perform several amount conversion calculations under your<br />

supervision and guidance.<br />

Leading Question:<br />

Why is it important for pool operators to be able to convert various measures of<br />

distance?<br />

Activity: Explain that being able to convert various measures of distance into one common<br />

measure is important to perform various calculations such as surface areas and water volumes.<br />

In metric terms the fi nal distance measurement must be in meters..<br />

Leading Question:<br />

Why is being able to calculate surface areas important?<br />

Activity: Explain that being able to calculate surface areas is important because we use surface<br />

areas in many aspects of pool operation and maintenance. For example, if we want to paint our<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 47


pool, we must know how many square feet of walls and fl oor we need to paint. Also, with some<br />

regulations, maximum swimmer capacity and minimum lifeguard coverage is based on water and<br />

deck surface area.<br />

Using the Calculation Formulas handout, demonstrate a surface area calculation. Have students<br />

perform a surface area calculation under your guidance.<br />

Leading Question:<br />

Why is being able to calculate water volumes important?<br />

Activity: Explain that being able to calculate pool volume is important because most of what we<br />

do on a daily basis as a pool operator depends on the pool volume. For example, we calculate<br />

how much of a chemical to add to the water based on the volume of our pool.<br />

Using the Calculation Formulas handout, demonstrate a pool volume calculation for a simple<br />

circle, rectangle and a multi-dimensional aquatic facility. Have participants perform several pool<br />

volume calculations under your guidance including at least one multi-dimensional aquatic facility.<br />

Final Questions: Ask students if they have any questions pertaining to the calculations they have<br />

just done. Explain to them that they will have a review session in a future section and also have an<br />

opportunity to do additional calculations as a homework assignment. If there are participants who<br />

are still having trouble offer additional assistance during a break or after class.<br />

Page 48<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Chapter 4 – Pool Water Contamination<br />

Handbook: Pages 33-46<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

30 minutes<br />

Chapter 4 Slides<br />

Sample pool water lab report<br />

Objectives: At the end of this lesson, the student will be able to:<br />

1. Explain the role of the pool operator in preventing disease transmission<br />

2. List the most common fecal related illnesses<br />

3. List the most common non-fecal related illnesses<br />

4. Explain the procedure for handling fecal contamination in the aquatic environment<br />

5. List the procedures to follow to prevent the spread of diseases in aquatic<br />

environments<br />

6. Explain the causes of disinfection by-products<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

What is the role of the pool operator in preventing water contamination?<br />

Can you name two recreational water illnesses?<br />

How do we prevent water contamination?<br />

What do you use as a disinfectant in your pools or spa?<br />

What would happen if no disinfectants were used on pool or spa water?<br />

What are DBPs and how can they be controlled.<br />

Activity: Explain to the participants that, in some states, mandatory laboratory testing of pool<br />

water is required. Ask the student if they know of mandatory laboratory tests required in their<br />

state. Discuss the types of things a health department might want tested and what they can do if<br />

the tests are not within their acceptable guidelines.<br />

Key Points: Discuss Recreational Water Illnesses. This should include:<br />

How they are spread: swallowing, breathing or contacting contaminated water<br />

Pathogens and their role in RWIs<br />

Key Points: Discuss the three agents that cause contamination. Include<br />

Bacteria<br />

Viruses<br />

Protozoa<br />

Key Points: Discuss that water contamination falls into two categories. These include:<br />

Fecal related illnesses<br />

Non-enteric (non-fecal) related illnesses<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 49


Key Points: Discuss the fecal related illnesses causes by protozoa. These include:<br />

Cryptosporidium (Crypto)<br />

Giardia<br />

Key Point: Discuss the fecal related illness caused by bacteria.<br />

Escherichia coli (E. coli 0157:H7)<br />

Key Points: Discuss the fecal related illnesses caused by viruses. These include:<br />

Norovirus<br />

Adenovirus<br />

Hepatitis A<br />

Key Point: Explain that the Centers for Disease Control & Prevention (CDC), which is the<br />

governmental agency that sets the standards for disease control, has created response guidelines<br />

for accidental fecal releases. Emphasize that in all cases where local and state regulations differ<br />

from the CDC guidelines, the local and state regulations should be followed.<br />

Key Points: For formed (solid) stool accidents, pool operators should use the following procedure:<br />

Remove swimmers from the water<br />

While maintaining the pH at 7.5 or lower, raise the chlorine level to 2.0 mg/L<br />

After 25 minutes, open the pool to normal activities<br />

Key Points: For diarrhea discharge, pool operators should use the following procedure:<br />

Remove swimmers from the water<br />

While maintaining the pH at 7.5 or lower, raise the chlorine level to 20.0 mg/L. Maintain<br />

this level for at least 12.75 hours.<br />

After 12.75 hours, backwash the fi lters to waste.<br />

Reduce the chlorine back to normal operating ranges.<br />

When the chlorine levels are back within normal operating ranges, open the pool to<br />

normal activities.<br />

Key Points: When handling contaminated material, pool operators should use the following<br />

procedure:<br />

Wear rubber gloves. Always protect yourself from any direct contact with contaminated<br />

material.<br />

Remove excess contaminant material. Use any means available to keep the<br />

contaminated material contained in as small an area as possible.<br />

Disinfect all surfaces that contamination may have touched. This includes any<br />

equipment used in removing the contaminated material.<br />

Follow regulatory guidelines when disposing of contaminated material. Some<br />

regulations require special bags to contain any potential spread of contamination.<br />

Wash your hands thoroughly. This is the most basic and most effective precaution<br />

that anyone can take to prevent the spread of contamination.<br />

Key Points: Discuss the different types of non-fecal related illnesses. These include:<br />

Pseudomonas aeruginosa<br />

Swimmer’s ear (otitus externa)<br />

Legionella pneumophila (Legionnaires Disease)<br />

Page 50<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Hypersensitivity Pneumonitis (HP)<br />

Methicillin-Resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA)<br />

Mollusum Contagiosum<br />

Plantar warts<br />

Athlete’s foot<br />

Key Points: Emphasize that good pool operating procedures and educating swimmers and<br />

parents are the best ways to prevent accidental contamination before it happens. These include:<br />

Maintain proper disinfectant levels at all times. Drops in levels are an invitation for<br />

bacteria to spread in the pool water.<br />

Have all children use the bathroom before entering the pool. Have designated<br />

changing areas away from the deck or seating area. Swim diapers and rubber pants do<br />

not prevent contamination. They only provide containment for a short period of time.<br />

Require every swimmer to shower before entering the pool. Doing so will remove<br />

contaminated substances that may spread diseases in the pool water. In many states,<br />

this is a regulation.<br />

Prohibit pool use for people with open wounds/sores or known infections. Since<br />

open wounds and sores eliminate the natural barrier that skin provides against disease<br />

transmission, people with open wounds and sores can both transmit and receive<br />

contamination more easily than people without these problems.<br />

Work with local and state health departments.<br />

Other Pool Water Health Concerns<br />

Key Point: Discuss disinfection by-products production and means of controlling them. Include:<br />

How to minimize DBPs. Use of ozone, ultraviolet and chlorine dioxide with chlorine or<br />

bromine.<br />

Give a brief description of Trihalomethanes (THMs) and their production in pool water.<br />

Key Point: Discuss Bromine itch and its two causes and how to minimize its occurrence.<br />

Additional Training: Suggest that students enroll and take the Advanced RWI online training<br />

course from NSPF. Alternatively, offer to teach the classroom version of the course.<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

NOTE: Recommend the RWI online/classroom training course and handbook for additional<br />

training.<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 51


Page 52<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Chapter 5 – Disinfection<br />

Handbook: Pages 47-58<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

60 minutes<br />

Chapter 5 Slides<br />

Materials:<br />

Objectives: At the end of this lesson, the student will be able to:<br />

1. Explain the difference between disinfection and oxidation<br />

2. Explain the differences between the various types of disinfectants<br />

3. Explain the factors to consider when selecting a disinfectant<br />

4. List the compounds formed when chlorine is added to pool/spa water<br />

5. List the types of chlorine generally used in pool/spa water disinfection<br />

6. List the alternative disinfectants that can be used in pool/spa water<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

What type of disinfectant do you use in your pool/spa?<br />

How is it administered into the water?<br />

Do you use a stabilizer or conditioner?<br />

How is your testing recorded? How often on weekends?<br />

Is there a regulatory agency who reviews your testing results?<br />

Key Points: Discuss the difference between disinfection and oxidation. These include:<br />

Disinfection is also called sanitation. We use the word “disinfect” throughout<br />

this course to maintain consistency with the Centers for Disease Control and<br />

Prevention.<br />

Disinfection is the process of destroying organisms that are harmful to people. This<br />

includes destroying many of the organisms previously discussed.<br />

Oxidation is the process of changing the chemical structure of a contaminant thus<br />

helping remove it from the water.<br />

Explain that both processes have to occur continuously to have water that is sanitary.<br />

Key Points: Discuss the factors to consider when choosing a disinfectant. These include:<br />

The type of facility (pool, spa, therapy, waterpark attraction)<br />

Whether it is an indoor or outdoor facility<br />

The normal operating water temperature<br />

The number of people using the facility<br />

The person responsible for the water chemistry<br />

The space available to store chemicals<br />

Any supervision or maintenance concerns<br />

Any applicable codes or regulations<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 53


Key Points: Explain that chlorine is the most common disinfectant used in commercial pools.<br />

While chlorine may not be the best disinfectant or the best oxidizer or the best algaecide, it is very<br />

good at all three and is one product. Explain that chlorine is present (percentage listed with each<br />

compound) in the following compounds commonly used to disinfect pools:<br />

Chlorine gas (100%)<br />

Calcium hypochlorite (65%-78%)<br />

Sodium hypochlorite (10%-12%)<br />

Lithium hypochlorite (35%)<br />

Trichlor (90%)<br />

Dichlor (56%-63%)<br />

Key Points: Discuss that chlorine compounds fall into two categories. These include:<br />

Organic chlorine compounds, such as trichlor and dichlor, contain cyanuric acid as part<br />

of the compound. They are considered stabilized chlorines.<br />

Inorganic chlorine compounds, such as calcium hypochlorite, sodium hypochlorite,<br />

lithium hypochlorite, and chlorine gas, do not contain cyanuric acid as part of the<br />

compound. They are considered unstabilized chlorines. However, these chlorines can<br />

be stabilized by adding cyanuric acid to the water as a separate product.<br />

Key Points: Discuss the use of stabilizers to increase the stability of chlorine in pool water.<br />

These include:<br />

Stabilizers decrease the breakdown of chlorine due to UV light.<br />

The stabilizer for chlorine is cyanuric acid.<br />

The ideal range for cyanuric acid levels is 30-50 mg/L.<br />

Local health codes may restrict the use of cyanuric acid in public pools or spas. It is<br />

important to check the local code.<br />

Key Points: Discuss the chemistry of chlorine. Explain that when a chlorine compound is<br />

introduced to water, the chemical reaction forms:<br />

Hypochlorous acid, which is the active killing form of chlorine in water.<br />

Hypochlorite ion, which is an inactive form of chlorine in water. By-products specifi c<br />

to the type of chlorine used. For example, the by-product of sodium hypochlorite (liquid<br />

bleach) is sodium chloride (table salt).<br />

Free Chlorine, sum of hypochlorous acid and hypochlorite ion.<br />

Combined Chlorine, reaction of free chlorine with inorganic and organic compounds in<br />

the water<br />

Key Points: Discuss the most common stabilized disinfectants and their chemistry:<br />

Trichloro-s-triazinetrione – commonly called trichlor<br />

Sodium dichloro-s-triazinetrione - commonly called dichlor<br />

Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of bromine. These include:<br />

There are two methods of using bromine. The most common is bromine tablets<br />

(BCDMH). The second is sodium bromide, which must be used with potassium<br />

monopersulfate. Potassium monopersulfate is a non-chlorine oxidizer.<br />

While bromine is a strong disinfectant, it is not as good as chlorine as an oxidizer.<br />

Because of this, the use of a supplemental chemical for oxidation is occasionally<br />

needed.<br />

Page 54<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Key Points: Discuss the use of BCDMH and DBDMH<br />

1-Bromo-3-chloro-5,5-dimethylhydantoin (BCDMH) – contains chlorine<br />

1,3-dibromo-5,5-dimethylhydantoin (DBDMH) – does not contain chlorine<br />

Key Points: Discuss chlorine generation. These include:<br />

Briefl y discuss in-line method of chlorine generation. Indicate it will be discussed in more<br />

detail in the Chemical Feed & Control Chapter<br />

Briefl y discuss the brine method of generating chlorine. Indicated that more detail will be<br />

presented in the chapter on Chemical Feed and Control.<br />

Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of ozone. These include:<br />

There are two methods to produce ozone: corona discharge (CD) and ultraviolet light<br />

(UV).<br />

Ozone is a strong disinfectant and oxidizer, but because it leaves no residual<br />

disinfectant in the water, it must be used in conjunction with chlorine or bromine.<br />

Be sure to indicate that more information will be presented in the Pool & Spa Water<br />

Problems chapter.<br />

Key Points: Discuss the use of ultraviolet light (UV). These include:<br />

Supplemental oxidizer and disinfectant. Does not leave residual.<br />

Generated on site.<br />

Effective because it damages DNA of bacteria.<br />

Dose level is determined by lamp intensity and exposure time.<br />

Key Points: Discuss the use of Chlorine Dioxide (ClO 2<br />

). These include:<br />

Not currently registered as a disinfectant in US<br />

Used primarily in US to combat mildew and biofi lm in plumbing of polyhexamethylene<br />

biguanide (PHMB) treated pools<br />

Key Point: Discuss the use of Polyhexamethylene Biguanide (PHMB). Include:<br />

Registered by U.S. EPA for use to treat swimming pools and spas<br />

Used in conjunction with hydrogen peroxide to oxidize as well as disinfect<br />

Largely marketed for residential applications<br />

Not compatible with products such as copper algicides, potassium monopersulfate, etc.<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 55


Page 56<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Chapter 6 – Water Balance<br />

Handbook: Pages 59-68<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

45 minutes<br />

Chapter 6 Slides<br />

Calculators<br />

Water Quality Guidelines handout (Appendix K from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />

Langelier Saturation Index handout (Appendix L from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />

Saturation Index Worksheets (Appendix M from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />

Several chemical containers<br />

Objectives: At the end of this lesson, the student will be able to:<br />

1. List three reasons why pool water balance is important<br />

2. List the components of pool water balance<br />

3. Calculate pool water balance for a pool<br />

4. Demonstrate how to adjust improperly balanced pool water<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

What does the term water balance mean to you as a pool operator?<br />

Can anyone give an example of corrosion?<br />

Can anyone give an example of scale formation?<br />

What is the expected life of a fi lter or pump before it needs to be replaced and do you<br />

think that corrosive or scale-forming water will affect that?<br />

If your pool water is corrosive or scale-forming, what can happen to the pool shell and<br />

equipment?<br />

How long should a pool fi nish (paint, tile, plaster) last before needing to be re-surfaced<br />

and do you think that corrosive or scale-forming water will affect that?<br />

Key Points: Discuss the defi nition of water balance, which is the correct ratio of mineral content<br />

and pH that prevents water from becoming corrosive or scale-forming.<br />

Explain that maintaining overall water chemistry is a two-part process. What is good for the<br />

swimmers is to maintain proper disinfectant and pH levels. What is good for the pool is to<br />

maintain good water balance to protect the pool shell and equipment. The two processes are not<br />

necessarily the same.<br />

For example, the pool water may be perfectly balanced but not swimmable, and the same is<br />

true the other way. The pool water may be swimmable but not balanced. Explain that as pool<br />

operators, you must merge the two processes and make the pool water both balanced and<br />

swimmable.<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 57


Key Points: Discuss the elements of balanced water. These include:<br />

pH<br />

Total alkalinity<br />

Calcium hardness<br />

Temperature<br />

Total dissolved solids<br />

Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of pH. These include:<br />

pH is the measure of acid versus base. It is measured on a scale from 0 to 14, 0 being<br />

the most acidic, 14 being the most basic, and 7 being neutral. The further the pH value<br />

is away from neutral, the more it has the qualities of acid or base. For example, a pH of<br />

6.5 is acidic, but not as acidic as a pH of 3.5.<br />

The acceptable operating range for pH is 7.2-7.8, which is the pH range that is most<br />

compatible with swimmers.<br />

The ideal operating range for pH is 7.4-7.6.<br />

Lowered by acids (muriatic, sodium bisulfate, or CO 2<br />

).<br />

Raised by basic materials (sodium carbonate or sodium bicarbonate).<br />

Key Point: Discuss the factors that affect pH of pool or spa water. These include:<br />

Swimmer waste, disinfectants, source water, air-borne debris<br />

Water balance chemicals, aeration, and evaporation<br />

Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of total alkalinity. These include:<br />

Total alkalinity is the measure of the ability of water to resist changes in pH.<br />

The acceptable operating range for total alkalinity is 60-180 mg/L.<br />

The ideal operating range for total alkalinity is 80-120 mg/L.<br />

The measure of total alkalinity (TA) may need adjustment if products with cyanuric acid<br />

(CYA) are used. To adjust alkalinity, use the following formula:|<br />

Adjusted TA = TA - (CYA ÷ 3)<br />

At low total alkalinity level, there may be little or no buffering of water, allowing the pH<br />

levels to fl uctuate drastically.<br />

At high total alkalinity levels, there may be an over-buffering of the water, making it very<br />

diffi cult to make chemical changes in the water.<br />

Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of calcium hardness. These include:<br />

Calcium is the only mineral desired in water<br />

Calcium hardness may be raised using chemicals (Calcium Chloride) but can only be<br />

lowered by draining or diluting the existing water with water of lesser calcium hardness<br />

levels<br />

The acceptable operating range for calcium hardness is 150-1,000 mg/L<br />

The ideal operating range for calcium hardness is 200-400 mg/L<br />

Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of temperature. These include:<br />

Temperature affects the solubility of chemicals. Most chemicals are more soluble as<br />

temperatures rise. Calcium is more soluble as temperatures fall.<br />

Temperature is not normally adjusted when balancing water.<br />

Page 58<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of total dissolved solids (TDS). These include:<br />

TDS is the measure of all minerals dissolved in water. TDS is easier to understand<br />

if it is renamed as “totally dissolved solids”. For example, sugar is a solid before it is<br />

dissolved in water. But once dissolved, it becomes “totally” dissolved and can no longer<br />

be observed in the water. However, if enough sugar is continuously dissolved, the water<br />

becomes saturated and will not dissolve anything else. This is called “old” water.<br />

Generally agreed that TDS should not become higher than 1,500 mg/L above its start up<br />

value.<br />

The only inexpensive way to reduce TDS is by draining or diluting the existing water with<br />

water with a lower TDS level.<br />

TDS levels up to 1,000 mg/L use a saturation index factor of -12.1 when calculating the<br />

Saturation Index. For TDS greater than 1,000 mg/L use -12.2.<br />

Key Points: Discuss that the Langelier saturation index is a method to measure if water is<br />

balanced. Explain that it is not the only method, but that it is the most commonly used method in<br />

the pool industry.<br />

Using the Langelier Saturation Index handout, explain how to use the formula for<br />

calculating saturation index. Explain how to use the charts for converting measured<br />

values for total alkalinity, calcium hardness, and temperature into factors that can be<br />

used in the formula.<br />

Explain that when all the factors are calculated, the following values can be used to<br />

determine if the water is corrosive, scale-forming, or balanced:<br />

The ideal range for balanced water is between -0.3 to +0.3.<br />

Activity: Using the Langelier Saturation Index handout, the Saturation Index Worksheet, and the<br />

Water Quality Guidelines handout, do several saturation index calculations. Provide students with<br />

blank copies of the Saturation Index Worksheet to use for this lesson and to have for the fi nal<br />

exam.<br />

Explain that when making corrections for unbalanced water, follow these rules:<br />

All the values must be in the ideal range. For example, if the pH is 7.9 in the original<br />

calculation, it must be changed to a value between 7.4-7.6 when making corrections to<br />

balance the water.<br />

The SI value must be in the ideal range (-0.3 to +0.3). Even though all the water<br />

balance elements may have values in the ideal range, the SI may not be ideal. If this is<br />

the case, changes should be made to the saturation index values for pH, total alkalinity,<br />

and calcium hardness so that the SI falls within the ideal range.<br />

Key Points: Explain that the difference between the original measured values and the theoretical<br />

values that the participants have used to balance the water is called the adjustment. For example,<br />

if the total alkalinity was 50 mg/L in the original calculation and was changed to 80 mg/L to<br />

balance the water, the adjustment for total alkalinity is 30 mg/L (80 - 50 = 30). To balance this<br />

water in reality, an amount of chemical that will increase the total alkalinity by 30 mg/L will have to<br />

be added to the water. That calculation will be explained later.<br />

Key Points: Discuss the adjustment order. Typically, the alkalinity should be adjusted before pH.<br />

If calcium hardness needs to be lowered, do that before making other adjustments since the water<br />

will need to be changed or diluted.<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 59


Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

Page 60<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Chapter 7 – Pool & Spa Water Problems<br />

Handbook: Pages 69-84<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

60 minutes<br />

Chapter 7 Slides<br />

Calculators<br />

Calculation Formulas handout (Appendix J from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />

Chemical Adjustment Worksheet (Appendix N from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />

Water Chemistry Adjustment Guide handout (Appendix O from<br />

<strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />

Several chemical containers<br />

Pool Math Workbook<br />

Objectives: At the end of this lesson, the student will be able to:<br />

1. List the environmental factors that contribute to pool water quality problems<br />

2. Calculate amount of chemical for product label chemical dosage situations<br />

3. Calculate amount of chemical for product label chemical adjustments<br />

4. Calculate amount of chemical when no product label adjustment information is<br />

provided<br />

5. Perform chemical adjustments for breakpoint chlorination<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

How many different chemicals have you had to use at your facility?<br />

How do you know how much of any given chemical to add at any given time?<br />

Key Points: Explain the factors that make swimming pools part of an open system. Be sure to<br />

include the following:<br />

Effect of air, wind, pollution, sunshine, lawn fertilizers, weed killers and users<br />

Key Points: Discuss the three kinds of chemical adjustments that can be performed. Include the<br />

following:<br />

Product label chemical dosage<br />

mg/L adjustment from information obtained from the product label<br />

mg/L adjustment when information is not available from the product label<br />

Activity: Work the students through an adjustment for each of the three types of chemical<br />

adjustments they might be required to perform. Be sure to use the worksheet shown below.<br />

Provide students with blank copies of the Chemical Adjustment Worksheet to use for this lesson<br />

and to have for the fi nal exam.<br />

Product label chemical dosage example. You have a 375,000 litre hotel pool. You are having<br />

recurring problems with algae blooms and decide to use an algaecide. The label reads: For an<br />

initial application or when pool water is changed, use 1 litre per 95,000 litres of water. How much<br />

do you add?<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 61


PRODUCT LABEL CHEMICAL DOSAGE<br />

Amount of Chemical<br />

(from Appendix B-2 or<br />

product label)<br />

Actual Pool<br />

Volume in Gallons<br />

Desired<br />

Chemical Change<br />

Total<br />

375,000 Litres<br />

÷ 95,000 Litres<br />

(From appendix B-2<br />

or product label)<br />

1 Litre<br />

(from product label)<br />

X =<br />

3.95 3.95 Litres<br />

(rounded to 4 litres)<br />

Product label chemical adjustment example. You have a 200,000 litre condominium pool.<br />

There was a pool party on Friday night and the usual weekend bather load. On Sunday morning<br />

you observe the pool water to be cloudy and test a free chlorine level below 1 mg/L. You decide<br />

to treat the pool with 8 mg/L of additional chlorine using calcium hypochlorite. The label states<br />

that 630 grams will raise the chlorine level 10 mg/L in 40,000 litres. How much cal-hypo should be<br />

added?<br />

PRODUCT LABEL CHEMICAL ADJUSTMENT<br />

Amount of Chemical<br />

(from Appendix B-2 or<br />

product label)<br />

Actual Pool<br />

Volume in Gallons<br />

Desired<br />

Chemical Change<br />

Total<br />

200,000 Litres<br />

8 mg/L<br />

÷ 40,000 Litres<br />

(From appendix B-2<br />

or product label)<br />

10<br />

÷ mg/L<br />

(From appendix B-2<br />

or product label)<br />

630 grams<br />

(from product label)<br />

X X 0.8 =<br />

5 2,520 grams<br />

Conversion: 2,520 ÷ 1,000 = 2.5 kilos<br />

No Product label chemical adjustment example. You have a 160,000 litre pool. The free<br />

available chlorine level is 1 mg/L. How much sodium hypochlorite is needed to raise the chlorine<br />

level to 3 mg/L?<br />

Page 62<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


NO PRODUCT LABEL CHEMICAL ADJUSTMENT<br />

Amount of Chemical<br />

(from Appendix B-2 or<br />

product label)<br />

Actual Pool<br />

Volume in Gallons<br />

Desired<br />

Chemical Change<br />

Total<br />

160,000 Litres<br />

2 mg/L<br />

÷ 40,000 Litres<br />

(From appendix B-2<br />

or product label)<br />

1<br />

÷ mg/L<br />

(From appendix B-2<br />

or product label)<br />

330 mL<br />

(from product label)<br />

X X 2 =<br />

4 2,640 mL<br />

Conversion: 2,640 mL ÷ 1,000 = 2.64 litres<br />

Key Points: Briefl y discuss free chlorine, total chlorine and combined chlorine. Include a<br />

discussion on how to reduce or prevent organic chloramines that includes the options of:<br />

Water replacement, breakpoint chlorination (BPC), ultraviolet (UV)<br />

Ozone, potassium monopersulfate and indoor air handling<br />

Activity: Work the students through breakpoint chlorination chemical adjustment. Use the<br />

following data: 208,000 litre pool with a FC = 1.5 mg/L, a TC of 2.3 mg/L and a pH of 7.4. Facility<br />

uses calcium hypochlorite. Emphasize that the desired changes is a result of CC x 10 minus<br />

existing free chlorine value. (see example on page 75 of the Pool & Spa Operator Handbook).<br />

Use the same Chemical Adjustment Worksheet to perform the breakpoint chlorination calculation.<br />

(There are several more sample calculations in the Pool Math Workbook that may also be used.)<br />

Key Points: Discuss the source of minerals in pool water and their effect on pool water when they<br />

are oxidized. Include:<br />

Source of minerals such as fi ll water, inadvertent additions of lawn and landscaping<br />

chemicals, algicides, and corrosion due to poor pool water chemistry<br />

Cause of green, red, brown or black water and methods of correction<br />

Key Points: Discuss other commonly used chemicals and their possible effect on pool water.<br />

These include:<br />

Algaecides – Used to eliminate algae from pool water. The most common algaecide<br />

compounds include quaternary algaecides, polymeric algaecides, and metallic (copper)<br />

algaecides.<br />

Stain removers – Chelating agents bond the metals into larger compounds that can be<br />

removed through fi ltration. Sequestering agents remove metals by dissolving them into<br />

solution.<br />

Water clarifiers are used to clear cloudy water. Emphasize that this is a temporary<br />

solution to a bigger problem, usually poor fi ltration.<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 63


Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, be prepared to work additional examples or offer additional help during a break or after<br />

class.<br />

Page 64<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Chapter 8 – Chemical Testing<br />

Handbook: Pages 85 - 98<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

30 minutes<br />

Chapter 8 Slides<br />

Test kits, preferably that can test for free chlorine, total chlorine, pH,<br />

total alkalinity, calcium hardness, and cyanuric acid<br />

Water Testing video demo (from the <strong>Instructor</strong> DVD)<br />

Objectives: At the end of this lesson, the student will be able to:<br />

1. List the importance of accurate pool/spa water testing<br />

2. List the results of improper water testing<br />

3. Explain the methods used to test pool/spa water<br />

4. Explain the proper procedure for testing pool/spa water<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

Why is chemical testing important?<br />

Why is it important to have accurate water testing?<br />

How often should testing be done and why?<br />

What types of testing do you do at your pools?<br />

How is your testing recorded?<br />

Is there a regulatory agency that reviews your testing results?<br />

Key Points: Discuss the importance of accurate testing and consequences of improper testing.<br />

Emphasize that the results of the tests that are taken have a domino effect on everything else<br />

done from that point on with the water chemistry.<br />

Video Demo: Show the Water Testing video demo from the <strong>Instructor</strong> DVD.<br />

Key Points: Discuss the importance of accurate testing. This includes:<br />

Prevent disease outbreaks by maintaining proper disinfectant and chemical levels<br />

Prevent drowning due to cloudy water<br />

Maintain good water quality<br />

Reduce algae growth<br />

Regulation compliance<br />

Key Points: Discuss the effects of improper testing. These include:<br />

Inaccurate test results<br />

Miscalculation of chemicals needed to correct imbalances<br />

Potential hazards to swimmers<br />

Regulatory agency intervention<br />

False readings due to chemical interferences<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 65


Key Points: Discuss the various methods for testing water. These include:<br />

Colorimetric<br />

Titrimetric<br />

Turbidimetric<br />

Electronic<br />

Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of colorimetric testing. These include:<br />

Matches a chemically treated water sample to a comparator<br />

Examples include disinfection and pH tests<br />

Discuss colorimeter (photometer) testing<br />

Discuss dip-and-read test strips – not approved for commercial facilities in all states<br />

Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of titrimetric testing. These include:<br />

Explain how a titrant works<br />

Results are determined when a chemically treated water sample changes colors<br />

Examples include total alkalinity, calcium hardness, and disinfection tests<br />

Titrimetric testing is more accurate than colorimetric testing<br />

Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of turbidimetric testing. These include:<br />

Defi ne turbidity as “amount of solid particles suspended in water”<br />

Results are determined when the turbidity (cloudiness) of the water changes<br />

Examples include cyanuric acid and water clarity testing<br />

Briefl y discuss Nephelometric testing<br />

Briefl y explain the use of a Secchi disk to determine water clarity<br />

Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of electronic testing. These include:<br />

Results are determined by electronic probes<br />

Examples include total dissolved solids (TDS), pH, temperature, and oxidation reduction<br />

potential (ORP)<br />

Electronic testing is the most accurate of all testing methods<br />

Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of oxidation reduction potential (ORP) testing. These<br />

include:<br />

ORP is the measure of the oxidizing capacity present in water<br />

ORP is measured in millivolts (mV)<br />

ORP is an indirect method to measure disinfectant levels<br />

ORP probes are the most commonly used as part of automated chemical feed systems because<br />

most disinfectants are oxidizers as well as disinfectant.<br />

Key Points: Discuss proper manual testing techniques. These include:<br />

Test frequently. The more often you test, the quicker you can catch and correct<br />

chemical imbalances.<br />

Select a well-mixed water sample. This will usually be about elbow-depth (at least 45<br />

cm) under the surface and between return inlets. Rinse out the testing container several<br />

times, turn the open end down to create an air lock, and submerge the container to the<br />

proper depth. Turn the container upright to fi ll with water.<br />

Page 66<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Follow the specific instructions. Each kit is different so follow the instructions exactly<br />

as they appear in the kit.<br />

Do not touch chemical reagents. Touching them may start an unintended chemical<br />

reaction which will distort the testing results.<br />

Do not interchange chemical reagents. Even though different kits may use the same<br />

reagents, every kit has specifi c concentrations calibrated specifi cally to their testing<br />

equipment.<br />

Clean and store testing equipment and chemicals properly. Improper storage may<br />

shorten the shelf-life of the chemicals, resulting in distorted results.<br />

Proper sample size. Surface tension and the meniscus.<br />

Proper light. Use northern horizon. NEVER use fl uorescent light. If needed, use a<br />

daylight illuminator.<br />

Key Points: Discuss DPD testing. Be sure to include:<br />

DPD testing for disinfectants, pH, alkalinity, etc.<br />

False DPD Readings and how and why they might occur with DPD testing<br />

FAS DPD testing<br />

Key Points: Discuss other testing concerns. Include:<br />

Cyanuric Acid testing<br />

Testing for phosphates and Nitrates, Salt, Hydrogen Peroxide, Polyhexamethylene<br />

Biquanide (PHMB) and Potassium Monopersulfate<br />

Activity: If class time, suffi cient numbers of test kits, and pool availability permit, have the<br />

participants get into groups of 4-5 people. Give one test kit to each group. Have each person in<br />

the group perform a different test. As an example, have each person in the group perform one of<br />

the following tests: free chlorine, total chlorine, pH, total alkalinity, calcium hardness, and cyanuric<br />

acid. Try not to duplicate tests within each group.<br />

When fi nished, compare the results of each group. If there are inconsistencies in the results,<br />

discuss what might have gone wrong and how this could affect later chemical treatment of the<br />

pool.<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 67


Page 68<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Chapter 9 – Chemical Feed and Control<br />

Handbook: Pages 99-116<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

30 minutes<br />

Chapter 9 Slides<br />

Sample chemical feeder pump<br />

Objectives: At the end of this lesson, the student will be able to:<br />

1. List the methods by which chemicals can be added to pool/spa water<br />

2. Explain the difference between the various types of chemical feeders<br />

3. Explain the advantages of automated chemical feeders<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

What are several ways that chemicals can be added to the pool?<br />

What are the advantages and disadvantages of each?<br />

What are some safety precautions that should be observed when handling chemicals?<br />

Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of chemical feeders. These include:<br />

Chemical feeders provide effi cient addition of chemicals to water with minimal handling<br />

of the chemicals<br />

Common feeders include erosion (tablets), metering (liquid), or injection (gasses)<br />

Feeders can be manually operated or electronically controlled<br />

Feeders are a must for chemicals added on a daily basis, e.g. chlorines and acids<br />

Key Points: Discuss how to add chemicals to the water. Emphasize that, in most cases,<br />

chemicals should be added in small amounts over a long period of time. Exceptions include<br />

superchlorination and specialty chemicals, such as algaecides. Explain that feeding chemicals in<br />

the pool may be done in several ways. These include:<br />

Mechanical feeders. These include peristaltic, diaphragm, and piston pumps.<br />

Dry chemical feeders. These include erosion feeders and pressure-to-vacuum feeders.<br />

Gas feed systems. These include chlorine gas feeders and CO 2<br />

feeders.<br />

Ozone generators. These include corona discharge and ultraviolet ozonators.<br />

Chlorine generators. These include in-line generators and brine-bank generators.<br />

<strong>Manual</strong>ly. This includes manually over the main drain, manually into a skimmer, and<br />

broadcast directly across the pool<br />

Key Points: Discuss feeder automation. Include a brief discussion of:<br />

Advantages of automated control systems related to proportional feed feature and<br />

remote alarm options<br />

Types of chemical sensors: pH probes, ORP probes and amperometric probes<br />

Probe location and probe cleaning<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 69


Key Point: Discuss the consideration when manually adding chemicals to a pool. Be sure to<br />

include some of the basic rules as indicated. These include but are not limited to:<br />

Proper use of safety equipment as detailed on the MSDS<br />

Guidelines for manual addition by dilution<br />

Guidelines for manual addition by broadcast<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

Page 70<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Chapter 10 – Water Circulation<br />

Handbook: Pages 117 - 136<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

45 minutes<br />

PowerPoint Slides: Chapter 10<br />

Materials:<br />

Calculation Formulas handout (Appendix J from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />

Calculators<br />

Samples of circulation and fi ltration system components<br />

Samples of fi lter media<br />

Coffee cup, saucer, and spoon<br />

Pump Room Tour video demo (from the <strong>Instructor</strong> DVD)<br />

Objectives: At the end of this lesson, the student will be able to:<br />

1. List the components of a circulation system.<br />

2. Explain the relationship between turnover rate and fl ow rate.<br />

3. List the 5 types of suction entrapment.<br />

4. Explain how to prevent or minimize the potential causes of suction entrapment.<br />

5. Explain how water is regulated within the circulation system.<br />

Video Demo: Show the Pump Room Tour video demo from the <strong>Instructor</strong> DVD.<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

What is the main function of a circulation system?<br />

How does the circulation system accomplish its main purpose?<br />

Activity: Have the participants imagine the human body as a swimming pool. Ask them to name<br />

the important parts of the body. Answers should include the heart, lungs, kidneys, digestive<br />

system, blood vessels, and brain. Have the participants equate the various parts of the human<br />

body with the parts of a pool. These should include:<br />

Heart = pump<br />

Kidneys = fi lters<br />

Lungs and digestive system = chemical feeders<br />

Blood vessels = pipes and valves<br />

Brain = system automation<br />

Remind participants that the body is also capable of heating, cooling, and discharging waste, just<br />

like a pool.<br />

Key Points: Explain that before you can understand water circulation, you must understand the<br />

terminology used to describe functions of circulation. These include:<br />

Turnover rate is the time it takes for the circulation system to move the number of<br />

gallons equal to the volume of water in the pool through the fi ltration equipment. It<br />

is measured in hours. Most standards recognize the following turnover rates as the<br />

maximum time it should take for one turnover:<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 71


Swimming pools = 6 hours<br />

Spas = 30 minutes<br />

Wading pools = 1 to 2 hours<br />

Waterparks/specialty pools = 1 to 2 hours<br />

Hospital/health club pools = 3 hours<br />

Flow rate is the amount of water passing through the circulation system at a given time.<br />

It is measured in litres per minute (lpm) or cubic metres per hour (m 3 /h).<br />

Activity: Using the Calculation Formulas handout, do several turnover rate and fl ow rate<br />

calculations. Have the students practice using the following two formulas:<br />

1. Turnover rate (hr) = volume ÷ fl ow rate ÷ 60 min/hour<br />

2. Flow Rate (lpm) = volume ÷ turnover rate ÷ 60 min/hour<br />

Using the following values, what is the turnover rate?<br />

Volume = 756,000 litres, fl ow rate = 1,750 lpm<br />

What should the fl ow rate be to attain a 6 hour turnover rate?<br />

Key Points: Discuss that circulation is the movement of water and is infl uenced by many factors.<br />

These include:<br />

Pool shape and contour<br />

Surface and main drain water removal<br />

Inlet placement and design<br />

Circulation pumps<br />

Piping and fi ttings<br />

Other system components such as heating systems and chemical feeders<br />

Key Points: Discuss the various components of a circulation system. These include:<br />

Main drains<br />

Drain covers<br />

Skimmers or overfl ow gutters<br />

Hair and lint strainer<br />

Pump and motor<br />

Filters<br />

Heaters<br />

Chemical feeders<br />

Gauges and meters<br />

Valves, piping and return inlets<br />

Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of suction-side components. These include:<br />

Main drains (located on the pool fl oor) and skimmers or overflow gutters (located on<br />

the surface) are designed to pull water into the circulation system.<br />

Each component should be designed to accommodate 100% of the fl ow required to<br />

meet the turnover standards.<br />

Because of the possibility of suction entrapment, pools and spas should not be open<br />

if drain covers are missing or damaged. Many regulations require multiple main drains<br />

and skimmers<br />

Page 72<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of surge/balancing tanks. These include:<br />

Surge/balancing tanks function to accommodate overfl ow water in a system that uses<br />

overfl ow gutters. Since the water levels in these pools comes completely to the top,<br />

when water is displaced, it has no where to go. These tanks hold the overfl ow water<br />

until the system can allow it to return to the pool.<br />

Activity: Show the participants a coffee cup and saucer. Fill the cup with water up to the top<br />

without letting it overfl ow. Drop several marbles into the cup and observe the displacement of<br />

water over the sides of the cup and into the saucer. Now carefully remove the marbles from the<br />

water with a spoon or fork. Notice that the water level in the cup is lower than the original level.<br />

Now carefully take the saucer and pour the water back into the cup. The water should be back to<br />

its original level.<br />

The cup represents the pool. The saucer represents a surge or balancing take. In a pool, when<br />

water is displaced, it is stored in a tank, much like the water in the saucer. When the pool is once<br />

again inactive, mechanisms in the circulation system allow the pool water to return back to the<br />

original level, just like the coffee cup after the water had been replaced.<br />

Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of a hair and lint strainer. These include:<br />

Hair and lint strainers screen the pump from large debris that could damage the<br />

impeller.<br />

Hair and lint strainers should be checked regularly. Failing to check them regularly<br />

could prevent suffi cient water fl ow through the pump, causing reduced circulation,<br />

overheating, and damage.<br />

Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of a circulation pump and motor. These include:<br />

The pump and motor provide force that circulates water throughout the system. It is<br />

measured in litres per minute (lpm).<br />

The most important part of the pump is the impeller, which creates the suction and<br />

pressure to move the water. The impeller is to the circulation system what the heart is to<br />

the human body.<br />

The placement of the pump and motor in relation to the fi lters determines the type of<br />

circulation system the pool uses. If the pump is located before the filter(s), the system<br />

is a pressure system. If the pump is located after the fi lter(s), the system is a vacuum<br />

system.<br />

Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of meters and gauges. These include:<br />

Meters and gauges are designed to monitor system performance<br />

They are used to indicate suction (vacuum), pressure, water fl ow (fl ow meters),<br />

temperature, chemical levels, and water levels<br />

Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of valves. These include:<br />

Valves regulate the fl ow of water through the circulation system<br />

Types of valves include gate valves, ball valves, butterfl y, and multi-port valves<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 73


Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of piping. These include:<br />

Piping allows water to fl ow throughout the circulation system, much like veins and<br />

arteries allow blood to fl ow through our bodies<br />

PVC is the most common material used for piping, although other substances, such as<br />

copper, are occasionally used as well<br />

Many regulations dictate the maximum speed that water can fl ow through pipes<br />

Use of fl ow meters to determine the gallons per minute through the system<br />

Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of return inlets. These include:<br />

Return inlets control the water returning to the pool.<br />

They should be placed throughout the pool to provide complete circulation of pool water.<br />

Circulation patterns can be tested by manually feeling that the return inlets are<br />

operational. Another option is to use a special dye, such as Crystal Violet.<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break.<br />

Page 74<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Chapter 11 – Pool & Spa Filtration<br />

Handbook: Pages 137 - 150<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

45 minutes<br />

Chapter 11 Slides<br />

Calculation Formulas handout (Appendix J from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />

Objectives: At the end of this lesson, the student will be able to:<br />

1. Explain the factors that infl uence water clarity<br />

2. Explain how pool/spa water is fi ltered<br />

3. Differentiate between the three most popular fi lter media<br />

4. Compare the fl ow rate of the various types of fi lter media<br />

5. Given the appropriate values, calculate the fl ow rate for a given pool/spa<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

What is the oldest type of fi lter media?<br />

What type of fi lter media is used at your facility?<br />

What was the purpose of circulation system of a pool?<br />

Key Points: Discuss the role of the physical property of fi lter media and the factors to consider<br />

when selecting the type of media to be used. Include information on:<br />

Space requirements, maintenance and budget<br />

Types of sand fi lters, cartridge fi lters and diatomaceous earth (DE) fi lters<br />

Key Points: Discuss water clarity and how it is measured. Include<br />

How to turbidity can be measured<br />

The minimum acceptable turbidity level<br />

Key Points: Explain that before you can understand fi ltration, you must understand the<br />

terminology used to describe functions of fi ltration. This includes:<br />

Filtration is the mechanical process of removing insoluble matter from water.<br />

Filter media is the substance that entraps particles as water passes through it.<br />

Common pool fi lter media includes sand, diatomaceous earth (D.E.), zeolite, and<br />

cartridge.<br />

Filter surface area is the amount of filter media that will fi lter water. Filter surface area<br />

is measured in square feet.<br />

Filtering Rate is the rate that water will pass through fi lter media. It is measured in<br />

cubic meters per meter squared per hour (m 3 /m 2 /hr) of fi lter surface area.<br />

Backwash is the process of cleaning sand, diatomaceous earth (D.E.), and zeolite fi lter<br />

systems. Cartridge fi lters must be cleaned differently.<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 75


Key Points: Discuss the relationship between filter area, fl ow rate and fi lter media rate.<br />

Filter Area = FR ÷ FMR<br />

FMR = FR ÷ FA<br />

FR = FA x FMR<br />

Activity: Have the students complete two or three problems and explain how the information can<br />

be used by a facility operator.<br />

Key Points: Explain that there are several different types of filtration systems used today. These<br />

include:<br />

High-rate sand<br />

Diatomaceous earth (D.E.)<br />

Cartridge<br />

Zeolite as a media replacement for sand fi lters<br />

Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of high-rate sand fi lters. These include:<br />

High-rate sand fi lters can be part of a pressure system or a vacuum system<br />

The fi ltering rate for high-rate sand fi lters is 31-50 m 3 /m 2 /hr.<br />

Backwashing is the method used to clean high-rate sand fi lters<br />

Explain that Zeolite is being used as a media replacement for sand fi lters<br />

Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of diatomaceous earth (D.E.) fi lters. These include:<br />

D.E. is a powder that, when introduced into a D.E. fi ltration system, coats screens<br />

designed to support D.E. Multiple screens are suspended within a tank.<br />

D.E. fi lters can be part of a pressure system or a vacuum system.<br />

They are effective for particles larger than 1-2 microns, making it one of the most<br />

effective fi ltration systems.<br />

The fi ltering rate for D.E. fi lters is 81-102 lpm/m 2 .<br />

Explain the concept of a slurry D.E. fi lter system.<br />

Backwashing is the method used to clean D.E. fi lters. However, care needs to be taken<br />

when disposing of old D.E. Many regulations require use of a separation tank, which<br />

collects the D.E. for disposal.<br />

It is recommended that a dust mask, gloves, and eye protection be used whenever<br />

handling D.E.<br />

Include a brief discuss of regenerative D.E. fi lters.<br />

Briefl y discuss optional materials that can substitute for D.E.<br />

Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of cartridge fi lters. These include:<br />

Pleated cartridge paper provides fi ltration. This is similar to the type of paper used in<br />

air fi lters, gas fi lters, and oil fi lters. Even many coffee makers use a low-grade cartridge<br />

paper.<br />

Cartridge fi lters are always pressure systems.<br />

Cartridge fi lters cannot be cleaned by backwashing.<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break.<br />

Page 76<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Homework Assignment: Provide the students with a copy of the problems to do as homework to<br />

reinforce concepts presented during fi rst day. Homework can be the set of problems provided in<br />

the <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> or can be taken from the Pool Math Workbook.<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 77


Page 78<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Chapter 12 – Heating and Air Circulation<br />

Handbook: Pages 151-160<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

30 minutes<br />

Chapter 12 Slides<br />

Coffee cup fi lled with hot fl uid (coffee, hot water, etc.)<br />

Calculation Formulas handout (Appendix J from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />

Calculators<br />

Objectives: At the end of this lesson, the student will be able to:<br />

1. List the type of energy loss<br />

2. Explain the loss associated with each energy loss type<br />

3. Explain the methods available to prevent heat loss<br />

4. List the factors to consider when designing a pool/spa air circulation system<br />

5. List the operational consideration that can improve pool/spa air circulation<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

What are several ways energy (heat) can be lost from water?<br />

What are several methods that energy loss can be prevented?<br />

What is the relationship between water circulation and air circulation?<br />

Key Points: Discuss the types of energy loss that can occur in pool water. These include:<br />

Evaporation, which is the loss of energy through water vapor<br />

Radiation, which is the natural loss of energy as heat moves towards cold<br />

Convection, which is the forced loss of energy<br />

Conduction, which is the energy loss through structures<br />

Activity: Fill a coffee cup with hot (near boiling) water or coffee. Participants should be able to<br />

see steam coming from the top of the cup. Place a hand a few inches above the cup. Explain that<br />

the heat that is felt is from radiation. Blow over the surface of the fl uid, as you would when you<br />

try to cool a hot drink. Explain that this heat loss is from convection. Place both hands around the<br />

cup and feel the heat being emitted from the cup. Explain that this heat loss is through conduction.<br />

And lastly, set the cup on a table. Explain that eventually all the water will evaporate, taking with it<br />

the heat that is in the water. This heat loss is evaporation.<br />

Key Points: Discuss what can be done to minimize heat losses.<br />

Shelters and covers<br />

Indoor pools; humidity control and air temperature<br />

Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of heaters. These include:<br />

Heaters provide consistent water temperatures<br />

Heating sources may be electric, air heat pumps, natural gas, propane, solar, or<br />

geothermal<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 79


Briefl y discuss the three advantages heat pumps with scroll compressors<br />

Defi ne coeffi cient of performance<br />

Activity: Using Appendix J - Calculation Formulas, do several heater sizing calculations.<br />

Key Points: Discuss ways to prevent energy loss. These include:<br />

In outdoor pools, shelters such as trees, fences, plants, etc. help reduce convection and<br />

evaporation energy loss due to wind.<br />

In indoor pools, control air-to-water temperature differences. To keep heat in the water,<br />

the air temperature should be between 1°-2.5°C warmer than the water.<br />

In indoor pools, control relative humidity. Relative humidity should be maintained<br />

between 40% to 60%.<br />

Covers reduce the loss of energy due to convection, radiation, and evaporation by about<br />

50% to 70%.<br />

Key Points: Explain that, for indoor pools, proper air circulation is as important as proper water<br />

circulation. For example, during breakpoint chlorination, waste and by-product gasses evaporate<br />

into the air directly above the water. If poor air circulation does not remove these gasses, they will<br />

dissolve back into the pool water, drastically increasing the combined chlorine levels of the water<br />

and making the breakpoint chlorination process useless.<br />

Discuss the considerations for designing proper air circulation. These include:<br />

Humidity control.<br />

Ventilation requirements for air quality (outdoor and exhaust air). Be sure to follow the<br />

ASHRAE requirement of 2.4 litres per second per square metre of pool and deck area<br />

Air distribution.<br />

Air duct design.<br />

Evaporation rates.<br />

Pool water chemistry.<br />

Key Points: Discuss the operation recommendations for air control systems. These include:<br />

Maintain relative humidity between 40%-60%. Less than 40% makes the air too dry<br />

and increases evaporation. More than 60% encourages condensation and corrosion<br />

problems.<br />

Maintain the air temperature between 1°-2.5°C greater than the water temperature.<br />

Air velocity should not exceed 0.13 metres/second a point 2.4 metres above the walking<br />

deck. Any faster creates a “breeze” that may cause discomfort to swimmers. Any slower<br />

will not be suffi cient to remove waste and by-product gasses.<br />

Since re-circulated air contains waste and by-product gasses, suffi cient outdoor air must<br />

be mixed with the indoor air to keep it fresh. Most recommendations suggest at least<br />

a 50% mix of fresh air and recirculated air. When outside temperatures allow, 100%<br />

outside air is preferred.<br />

The entire volume of air should recirculate four to six times an hour.<br />

Recommend that students enroll in and take the Indoor Air Quality online course from<br />

NSPF.<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

Page 80<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Chapter 13 – Spa and Therapy Operations<br />

Handbook: Pages 161-172<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

60 minutes<br />

Chapter 13 Slides<br />

Spas video demo (from the <strong>Instructor</strong> DVD)<br />

Objectives: At the end of this lesson, the student will be able to:<br />

List the benefi ts associated with hot water pools/spas<br />

List the patron safety risks commonly associated with poorly managed spas<br />

List fi ve operational considerations specifi cally associated with hot water spas<br />

Explain why pool water chemistry is more of a concern in warm water facilities<br />

List fi ve guidelines for safe patron use of spas and hot water pools<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

What are the benefi ts of a spa or therapy pool?<br />

If any of you operate both a pool and a spa, which requires most of your time?<br />

Are there any special things that you do differently with your spa that you do not<br />

normally do with your pool?<br />

What operational differences are there between a pool and a spa?<br />

From a safety aspect, is a spa more dangerous than a pool?<br />

Video Demo: Show the Spas video demo from the <strong>Instructor</strong> DVD.<br />

Key Points:<br />

Discuss that spas and hot water therapy pools have been around for over 2,000 years<br />

and that the use of spas and therapy pools is one of the fastest growing areas in the<br />

aquatics industry.<br />

Explain that while there are numerous benefi ts, both mentally and physically, a casual<br />

attitude regarding the care and maintenance of spas and therapy pools can get a spa<br />

operator into trouble.<br />

Explain that hot water pools and spas create a whole new set of problems that a pool<br />

does not have and a thorough understanding of these differences can be the difference<br />

between a safe environment and one that can be extremely hazardous to the health and<br />

well being of users.<br />

Key Points: Discuss the health benefi ts of hot water. These include:<br />

Relieves stress<br />

Relieves muscular and joint pain and discomfort<br />

Allows relaxed movement of joints and muscles affected by disease or injury<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 81


Key Points: Discuss the safety concerns regarding spas and therapy pools. These include:<br />

Body, limb, and hair entrapment and evisceration. Because the circulation systems<br />

often move water much faster than regular pools, entrapment is an ongoing issue,<br />

especially with older systems that have not converted to the more recent standards for<br />

entrapment. Also, because the vessels are much shallower than regular pools, people<br />

have much more inadvertent exposure to main drains and skimmers, again creating the<br />

opportunity for entrapment (VGB Act).<br />

Hyperthermia. Hyperthermia is the overheating of the body. Mild hyperthermia can<br />

lead to cramps and a feeling of exhaustion while more extreme overheating can lead<br />

to heat stroke and death. Explain that, with suffi cient exposure, hot water will raise the<br />

core body temperature. The hotter the water, the higher the body temperature goes.<br />

This creates a number of problems including quicker absorption of drugs and alcohol,<br />

compounding the effect of the substance, and generally raising the body temperature to<br />

dangerous health levels. For example, think about how sick one feels when they have a<br />

body temperature of 37.8°C plus. Now image being in a spa where the water is trying to<br />

raise the body temperature to 40°C. If the water is successful, the individual may die.<br />

Disease control. Hot water provides a more conducive environment for the growth of<br />

microbiological organisms, some of them quite hazardous to human health. To control<br />

the growth of these organisms, ensure proper disinfection levels at all times. A unique<br />

aspect of spas is that aerosol droplets from spas can carry legionella bacteria, which<br />

people can inhale into their lungs. The result can be pneumonia due to Legionnaires<br />

Disease or Pontiac Fever.<br />

Key Points: Discuss the operational considerations for a spa or therapy pool. These include:<br />

High bather demand. Explain that 6 people in a 4,540 litre spa is equivalent to 275<br />

people in a 200,000-litre swimming pool. This comparison emphasizes the dramatic<br />

effect that bather load and water volume have on spas and therapy pools and<br />

emphasizes the strict care and maintenance needed to maintain these entities.<br />

Water chemistry. The higher the water temperature, the more of a chemical demand<br />

there is on the water. Spas and therapy pools generally use considerably more<br />

chemicals and have more fl uctuations in water chemistry then pools. This requires much<br />

more monitoring by the pool operator.<br />

Rapid turnover requirements. Since most standards and regulations require turnovers<br />

between 3-4 hours for therapy pools and 30 minutes for spas, the water is circulating<br />

at a very fast rate, faster than a much larger pool. The result is often having circulation<br />

and fi ltration systems that have greater capacities and have more powerful equipment<br />

than regular pools. Additionally, circulation systems should run 24 hours continuously.<br />

Stopping the system reduces its ability to fi lter and chemically treat the water.<br />

High water temperature. Because water temperatures are generally between 28°-<br />

33°C for a therapy pool and as high as 40°C for a spa, it provides a more suitable<br />

environment for harmful microbiological life to fl ourish. Diseases not normally found in<br />

pools become a concern in hot water entities.<br />

Health and safety requirements. Spas and therapy pools have the potential to be<br />

considerably harmful to human health and safety. Because of this, many standards<br />

and regulations have been developed to safeguard these hazards. For example, antientrapment<br />

drains are required because of the potential for suction entrapment. Timers<br />

and shut-off switches are available because of the effect that hot water can have on the<br />

human body.<br />

Page 82<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Key Points: Discuss water chemistry concerns for a spa or therapy pool. Emphasize that to<br />

maintain proper water chemistry, circulation systems must operate 24 hours continuously. These<br />

include:<br />

Maintaining proper water balance. Hot water tends to play havoc with chemical levels.<br />

As these levels fl uctuate, water frequently becomes unbalanced, making the water<br />

conditions not only bad for the pool, but also bad for bathers.<br />

Maintaining proper disinfectant levels. Because of the increased potential for<br />

hazardous biological contamination, many regulations and standards allow for higher<br />

disinfectant levels than in a pool. Chlorine levels as high as 10.0 mg/L are commonly<br />

allowed.<br />

Monitoring TDS levels. In the previous example where 6 people in a spa equaled 275<br />

people in a pool, one can imagine how that affects the amount of chemicals that have<br />

to be added to maintain proper water chemistry. Added to that, the bathers themselves<br />

tend to excrete more bodily fl uids. All of this just adds to the TDS levels, requiring more<br />

frequent draining and refi lling of the therapy pools and spas.<br />

Key Points: Discuss the areas where codes and standards apply to spas and therapy pools.<br />

These include:<br />

Bather load restrictions. Many regulatory agencies set limits for how many people that<br />

can be in a hot water vessel at a given time. This has traditionally been one bather for<br />

every 3 square metres of surface area.<br />

Water chemistry. As was mentioned previously, hot water creates numerous water<br />

chemistry concerns. Often regulations require higher levels of disinfectant and more<br />

frequent monitoring of those levels. Because of the frequent fl uctuation of other<br />

chemical levels, it is often more diffi cult to maintain consistent water balance.<br />

Circulation requirements. Because of the operational concerns mentioned earlier,<br />

many regulatory agencies and standards call for much faster turnover rates than pools.<br />

For example, therapy pools generally have a 3-4 hour turnover rate while spas have a<br />

30-minute turnover rate. In addition, regulations require fl ow to not exceed the specifi ed<br />

limits for drain covers to prevent entrapment.<br />

Temperature. While temperatures for therapy pools are generally based more on<br />

comfort than regulation, spas have a 40°C temperature maximum.<br />

Health and safety. In many cases, other standards and regulations are in place to<br />

safeguard health and safety. Some include circulation system requirements such as<br />

anti-vortex drains, timers that shut off hydrotherapy pumps (making it necessary to leave<br />

the spa to turn the system back on) and special signage that restricts usage.<br />

Key Points: Discuss the types of people who might be at risk using hot water pools and spas.<br />

These include:<br />

Pregnant women<br />

Elderly<br />

Children<br />

Individuals with heart disease<br />

Individuals with high blood pressure<br />

Individuals under the infl uence of drugs or alcohol<br />

Users of prescription medication<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 83


Key Points: Discuss the guidelines for the safe use of spas and hot water pools. These include:<br />

Do not use a hot water pool/spa if any equipment is malfunctioning or broken<br />

Pregnant women, elderly people, and persons suffering from heart disease, diabetes, or<br />

high blood pressure should not use a hot water pool/spa without the written permission<br />

of their doctor<br />

Do not use a hot water pool/spa if under the infl uence of alcohol, tranquilizers, or other<br />

drugs that cause drowsiness or cause blood pressure to raise or lower<br />

Do not use a hot water pool/spa with a temperature greater than 40°C<br />

Do not use a hot water pool/spa alone<br />

Do not allow unsupervised children to use a hot water pool/spa<br />

Observe reasonable time limits (10-15) minutes<br />

Long exposure may result in nausea, dizziness, or fainting<br />

Enter and exit slowly<br />

Key Points: Discuss the spa water replacement guidelines. These include:<br />

When TDS exceeds 1,500 mg/L above starting value<br />

Use following formula: Spa Volume ÷ (3 x 3.78) ÷ users per day<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class<br />

Page 84<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Chapter 14 – Facility Safety<br />

Handbook: Pages 173 - 196<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

45 minutes<br />

Chapter 14 Slides<br />

Appendix C-1 (in Pool & Spa Operator Handbook)<br />

Pool & Spa Safety Act Compliance Inspection Form handout<br />

(Appendix W from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />

Chemical Storage video demo (from the <strong>Instructor</strong> DVD)<br />

Objectives: At the end of this lesson, the student will be able to:<br />

1. List the safety features needed to prevent unauthorized access to an aquatic facility<br />

2. List the factors to consider to enhance safety around the pool/spa water<br />

3. Explain how an operator can enhance a patron’s safety while in the water<br />

4. List the recommended procedures to follow when handling and storing chemicals<br />

5. Explain how a complete emergency action plan can increase a pool’s effectiveness in<br />

the event of an emergency<br />

6. Demonstrate how to conduct an inspection to determine compliance with VGB Act<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

How important is safety to an aquatic facility?<br />

What can happen if our facility is not safe?<br />

What are some ways we can make our facilities safer?<br />

Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of preventing uninvited people from gaining easy access<br />

to an aquatic facility. Explain that, in legal terms, aquatic facilities are considered “attractive<br />

nuisances”, meaning that they actually attract “trouble”. Therefore, pool operators should help<br />

prevent access to their aquatic facility through a variety of means. These include:<br />

Training. Staff training is one of the fi rst lines to improved safety.<br />

Barriers. Barriers, such as fences and gates, are only a deterrent, and are not a<br />

guarantee of “no access”. However, properly functioning barriers will prevent casual<br />

entry into your facility.<br />

Safety covers. These prevent accidental entry into the water.<br />

Alarms. These indicate if unauthorized entry has occurred.<br />

Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of safety around the water. Explain that inspections<br />

should be conducted regularly to ensure that each safety consideration is in full working order.<br />

These include:<br />

Minimize obstructions and hazards<br />

Maintain clear and visible signage<br />

Provide adequate electrical protection, including GFCIs and proper bonding and<br />

grounding<br />

Maintain proper pool markings, including “no diving” and complete (numbers with units<br />

of measure) depth markings<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 85


Have adequate safety equipment accessible<br />

Have an emergency phone readily available<br />

Provide adequate lighting<br />

Provide fi re extinguishers in chemical storage areas<br />

Maintain good water clarity<br />

Key Points: Discuss patron safety as part of overall facility safety. Include a brief discussion of<br />

the following:<br />

Appropriate signage<br />

Orientation to facility for new users<br />

Learn to swim program for children and adults<br />

Adequate and properly trained lifeguards<br />

Key Points: Discuss HR6-303 to 309 Title XIV-Pool and Spa Safety (Virginia Graeme Baker Pool<br />

and Spa Safety Act).(Note: This may be substituted by your countries requirements for drain<br />

covers)<br />

Complete free P&SS Act online course<br />

Be knowledgeable about the fi ve methods of suction entrapment<br />

Explain the requirements of the act<br />

Discuss the ways to minimize the fi ve types of entrapment<br />

Discuss what an approved drain cover is<br />

Discuss Total Dynamic Head (TDH) and how it is calculated<br />

Discuss how TDH is used to determine fl ow rate<br />

Discuss P&SS Act check list in Appendix W<br />

Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of safety in the water. Explain that safety in the water is<br />

everyone’s responsibility. These include:<br />

Enforce safety practices and rules.<br />

Educate the public.<br />

Provide adequate supervision.<br />

Properly train staff in emergency procedures.<br />

Post emergency procedures and phone numbers.<br />

Conduct frequent safety inspections and drills.<br />

Video Demo: Show the Chemical Storage video demo from the <strong>Instructor</strong> DVD.<br />

Key Points: Discuss the safety considerations when handling and storing chemicals. These<br />

include:<br />

ALWAYS follow directions.<br />

ALWAYS have available and be familiar with the Material Safety Data Sheets<br />

(MSDS) for each chemical that is used. These will be invaluable should an accident or<br />

spill occur.<br />

ALWAYS protect skin and eyes. Use protective equipment such as safety goggles<br />

and rubber gloves.<br />

ALWAYS add chemicals to water. The chemical concentration starts in a very<br />

diluted state and builds concentration as more chemical is added. Never add water<br />

to chemicals. The chemical starts at a very concentrated state, which may create a<br />

dangerous condition, such as gas release.<br />

Page 86<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


NEVER mix chemicals or interchange scoops or dippers. Cross-contamination<br />

with incompatible chemicals may create a dangerous chemical reaction. For example,<br />

chlorine combined with acid creates a toxic gas.<br />

ALWAYS store chemicals properly and seal containers tightly. Whenever possible,<br />

keep chemicals in their original containers. Regardless of how well you may think<br />

you have cleaned a container, it may still contain enough residue to start an adverse<br />

chemical reaction with the new chemical you are putting into that container.<br />

ALWAYS discard unused chemicals and empty containers in a manner consistent<br />

with local and state regulations.<br />

NEVER allow untrained people to handle chemicals. They are a danger to<br />

themselves and others.<br />

Key Points: Discuss procedures that may be benefi cial in the event of an emergency. These<br />

include:<br />

Establish and practice emergency procedures.<br />

Have a well developed link to the Emergency Medical Services (EMS) system. Be sure<br />

everyone knows the way to contact EMS, whether using 911 or another emergency<br />

phone number.<br />

Train all staff in CPR and fi rst aid.<br />

Develop thorough documentation.<br />

Key Points: Discuss indoor air quality, electrical safety, and sun exposure These include:<br />

ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2007 and ASHRAE Standard 55-1992<br />

<strong>National</strong> Electric Code (NEC 70), Article 680<br />

Discuss primary factors of Lock Out/Tag Out<br />

Danger of excessive exposure to UV A & B and protection methods<br />

Key Points: Refer the student to the following NSPF training materials. These include the<br />

following modules:<br />

Hazard Communication<br />

Chemical Safety<br />

Electrical Safety Practices<br />

Aquatic Risk Management<br />

Personal Protection Equipment<br />

Bloodborne Pathogen<br />

Emergency Response Planning<br />

Aquatic Facility Audits<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 87


Page 88<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Chapter 15 – Keeping Records<br />

Handbook: Pages 197 - 204<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

30 minutes<br />

Chapter 15 Slides<br />

Appendices A-1 through A-9 (from Pool & Spa Operator Handbook)<br />

Aquatic Risk Management Handbook<br />

Objectives: At the end of this lesson, the student will be able to:<br />

1. Explain why record-keeping is important<br />

2. List the types of records that should be kept<br />

3. Explain how an operator should determine the length of time records should be kept<br />

4. Explain how proper record keeping helps an operator be more effi cient<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

Why is keeping records important?<br />

What types of records are important to keep?<br />

How long should records be kept?<br />

Key Points: Explain that keeping records is an essential responsibility of every pool operator.<br />

Discuss the aspects where good record keeping helps in pool operations. These include:<br />

Facility management<br />

Facility operations<br />

Facility maintenance<br />

Facility budgeting<br />

Safety considerations<br />

Legal requirements<br />

Reduces liability - A facility with good documentation is very defendable in court<br />

Key Points: Briefl y explain the purpose of the various types of records that are needed for the<br />

management and operation of an aquatic facility. These include:<br />

Supervisor Reports<br />

Incident Report<br />

Staff Records<br />

Maintenance Records<br />

Training Records<br />

Water Chemistry Records.<br />

Bather Load Logs<br />

Daily/Weekly/Monthly Inspection Records<br />

Legally required documentation. This includes any documentation that may be required<br />

by regulations or laws, including MSDS, safety plans.<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 89


Key Points: Briefl y explain that conducting facility audits is a good risk management practice.<br />

Recommend the Aquatic Facility Audits training course.<br />

Activity: Using the Pool & Spa Operator Handbook, have participants refer to Appendices A-1<br />

through A-9. Discuss the forms and how each is important to the operation of an aquatic facility.<br />

Key Point: Briefl y explain the purpose of having complete manufacturer’s Equipment <strong>Manual</strong>s.<br />

These include:<br />

Used to develop routine and preventative maintenance schedules.<br />

Key Point: Describe the purpose of the proper development of an Emergency Response Plan.<br />

Include the following consideration factors:<br />

Types of emergencies<br />

Layout of facility<br />

Equipment availability<br />

Communication plan for EMS<br />

Emergency response change of command<br />

Role and responsibilities of staff<br />

After action report and debriefi ng<br />

Activity: Have the students refer to appropriate appendices located in the back of the Pool & Spa<br />

Operator Handbook. Review sample reports forms that are available.<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

Page 90<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Chapter 16 – Maintenance Systems<br />

Handbook: Pages 205-214<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

15 minutes<br />

Chapter 16 Slides<br />

Samples of damaged equipment (if available)<br />

Appendix A-1, A-3, A-5, A-6, & A-7 (from Pool & Spa Operator Handbook)<br />

Objectives: At the end of this lesson, the student will be able to:<br />

1. List the primary purposes of a maintenance plan<br />

2. List the factors that should be considered when developing a maintenance plan<br />

3. List the documents that are used in developing a maintenance plan<br />

4. List the components of a seasonal maintenance plan<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

How do you handle ongoing maintenance?<br />

Is your organization reactive or proactive towards maintenance?<br />

What is your biggest maintenance nightmare?<br />

Key Points: Discuss the primary purpose of a maintenance plan. This includes:<br />

Preventing breakdowns. Obviously, the goal is to never have a breakdown. While this<br />

may seem impossible, it is still a good goal to strive for.<br />

Identifying the cause(s) of the problems. Once there is a breakdown, the fi rst step is<br />

to identify the cause so corrective measures can be taken.<br />

Establishing corrective measures or procedures. Corrective measures include<br />

inspection, servicing and, if necessary, component replacement.<br />

Key Points: Discuss the factors that must be considered when establishing a maintenance plan.<br />

These include:<br />

Design and type of facility<br />

Number and age of the pools<br />

Length of operating season<br />

Size and capabilities of staff<br />

Need to generate revenue<br />

Mission of the sponsoring agency<br />

Key Points: Discuss the types of documentation that are useful in developing a maintenance<br />

plan. These include:<br />

Facility blueprints<br />

Equipment data sheets<br />

Operations manuals<br />

Daily records<br />

Maintenance records<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 91


Tagging and labeling<br />

Applicable regulations<br />

Activity: Show the class samples of equipment that has been damaged because of poor<br />

maintenance practices. Discuss ways that the damage may have been prevented. Discuss other<br />

examples of equipment that have been damaged and how damage could have been prevented.<br />

Key Points: Discuss the categories of a maintenance plan. These include:<br />

Routine maintenance<br />

Preventative maintenance<br />

Seasonal maintenance<br />

Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of routine maintenance. Explain that routine<br />

maintenance is done on an on-going basis. These include:<br />

Safety inspections<br />

Daily opening and closing procedures (Appendix A-1)<br />

Daily cleaning<br />

Water testing<br />

Adding chemicals<br />

Checking equipment readings<br />

Key Points: Refer to Appendix A-7 for a sample checklist. Discuss the various aspects of<br />

preventative maintenance. Explain that preventative maintenance is done on a periodic basis.<br />

These include:<br />

Cleaning fi lters<br />

Periodic maintenance or replacement of equipment<br />

Resurfacing or painting of the pool shell<br />

Key Points: Discuss the various aspects of seasonal maintenance. Explain that seasonal<br />

maintenance is sometimes called “winterization”. Discuss the role of pool covers as they relate to<br />

seasonal maintenance. These include:<br />

Seasonal opening and closing procedures (Appendices A-5 & A-6)<br />

Preventing damage caused by hydrostatic pressure.<br />

Preventing rust and deterioration.<br />

Preventing or minimizing hazards.<br />

Minimizing vandalism.<br />

Disassembling and storing equipment.<br />

Protecting exposed equipment. This includes winterizing pipes, fi lters, and other<br />

equipment that cannot be disassembled and stored.<br />

Inventorying and storing other items. This includes items such as furniture, safety<br />

equipment, and offi ce items.<br />

Developing a system of shutdown. This includes how often the pool is to be checked,<br />

the pumps run, and chemicals added.<br />

Discuss considerations for spring start-up.<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

Page 92<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Chapter 17 – Troubleshooting<br />

Handbook: Pages 215-224<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

30 minutes<br />

Chapter 17 Slides<br />

Appendix A-9 (from Pool & Spa Operator Handbook)<br />

Objectives: At the end of this lesson, the student will be able to:<br />

1. List the characteristics of a failing water circulation pump<br />

2. Explain how to conduct a ‘bucket test’<br />

3. List four characteristics of a problem with a pool/spa heater<br />

4. List the characteristics of a fi lter system that is not operating within manufacturer’s<br />

parameters<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

How can Appendix A-9 assist an operator relative to troubleshooting?<br />

What are example signs of when pumps and motors are about to fail?<br />

If you see bubbles in the return fl ow to the pool, what would that indicate?<br />

Key Points: Discuss the importance of maintaining the pump or motor of a pool and how to<br />

identify and correct problems. All electrical work needs to be conducted by qualifi ed individuals.<br />

Problems with pumps and motors include:<br />

Motor fails to start<br />

Motor is overheating<br />

Motor is noisy<br />

Bubbles in the return fl ow<br />

No line pressure<br />

Pump fails to prime<br />

Key Points: Discuss what is considered normal water loss from a pool versus excessive amounts<br />

of water loss and how to make the determination. To determine if there is a leak, perform the<br />

“bucket test.”<br />

Key Points: Explain that troubleshooting gas-fi red heaters must only be performed by qualifi ed<br />

personnel. Problems may include:<br />

Heater will not ignite<br />

Pilot light problems<br />

Water temperature too low<br />

The heater is leaking water<br />

Black or dark heater exhaust<br />

Excessive heat damage<br />

Copper or iron stains in the pool<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 93


Key Points: For troubleshooting fi lters, refer students to pages the Troubleshooting chapter in the<br />

Pool & Spa Operator Handbook. Select sample problems from each fi lter type and have student<br />

fi nd cause and possible solution. Provide suffi cient examples for the student to become familiar<br />

with content of each sheet and how the information could be useful.<br />

Troubleshooting:<br />

Pressure sand fi lters<br />

Pressure cartridge fi lters<br />

Pressure D.E. fi lters<br />

Vacuum D.E. fi lters<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

Page 94<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Chapter 18 – Facility Renovation & Design<br />

Handbook: Pages 225-215<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

30 minutes<br />

Chapter 18 Slides<br />

Appendix C-2 (from Pool & Spa Operator Handbook)<br />

Objectives: At the end of this lesson, the student will be able to:<br />

1. List fi ve reasons for considering renovating an aquatic facility<br />

2. List the individuals who should be part of renovation planning team<br />

3. List the qualifi cations to consider when selecting outside professional help during<br />

renovation considerations<br />

4. List the changes to the 2010 American with Disabilities Act (refer to your country<br />

requirements)<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

Has anyone ever undertaken a renovation of their aquatic facility?<br />

What do you consider the fi rst step in any facility renovation?<br />

What would be involved with planning a renovation?<br />

Does the average pool operator have the expertise to design, plan, and complete a<br />

renovation?<br />

Key Points: Discuss the reasons why renovation/modernization of an aquatic facility may be<br />

necessary. These include:<br />

Install features desirable to customers or new programs<br />

Eliminate dangerous conditions<br />

Improve water quality<br />

Eliminate excessive water loss<br />

Increase space available for storage and programming<br />

Meet new codes or standards<br />

Replace equipment<br />

Correct surface or structural problems<br />

Eliminate high cost maintenance<br />

Reduce energy cost<br />

Comply with ADA requirements<br />

Key Points: Explain that every renovation or new facility project requires a full understanding of<br />

many aspects of pools. Discuss what each of the following might entail.<br />

Design<br />

Materials<br />

Equipment<br />

Construction<br />

Regulatory requirements<br />

Program needs<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 95


Safety considerations<br />

Key Points: Discuss that when considering renovations, pool operators should develop a plan<br />

that will ensure satisfactory completion of desired renovations. The parts of this plan include:<br />

Soliciting professional help to organize the best way to meet the needs of the facility.<br />

Developing a schedule for completion of the renovation.<br />

Developing a plan for fi nancing the renovation.<br />

Key Points: Explain that since most pool operators lack the technical expertise in many of these<br />

areas, outside help is often recommended. These include:<br />

Consultants<br />

Contractors<br />

Architects<br />

Engineers<br />

Key Points: Explain that, if outside professional help is needed, a pool operator should ensure<br />

the outside help is well qualifi ed for the project. Qualifi cations to look for should include but are not<br />

limited to:<br />

Length of time in the industry<br />

Maintains licensing and certifi cations<br />

Maintains membership in professional and trade organizations<br />

Offers design and operation warranties<br />

Percentage of work sub-contracted out<br />

Notoriety among peers, such as through publications and presentations at conferences<br />

References from past work performed<br />

Key Points: Indicate that some of the project would fall under renovation or modernization. Direct<br />

the students to Appendix C-2 of the Pool Operator Handbook and randomly select renovation/<br />

modernization project. Be sure to at least include the following:<br />

Compliance with ADA requirements<br />

Ladder, handrail, steps and benches<br />

Surface refi nishing.<br />

Depth marking placement<br />

Improvement of barriers<br />

Gutters, inlets and suction drains<br />

Key Point: For individuals who primarily operate or manage aquatic play features, direct them to<br />

the Aquatic Play Feature Handbook and online training module.<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

Page 96<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


State and Local Code Supplement**<br />

** Note: This content must be taught on the 2nd day of a two day class<br />

or as part of one-day Pool Operator Fusion Class.<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

60 minutes<br />

State & Local Code Supplement Slides<br />

Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)<br />

Copy of local or state codes<br />

Appendices A-2 and B-1 (from Pool & Spa Operator Handbook)<br />

CDC Model Aquatic Health Code<br />

Objectives: At the end of this lesson, the student will be able to:<br />

1. List the local and state codes that apply to pool operations in his/her state<br />

2. List the types of records that must be kept by a pool operator<br />

3. Compare the local state code with the model aquatic health code as it applies to the<br />

operator’s responsibilities (optional)<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

What are the most important codes applicable to your operations?<br />

What records does the local or state health department require relative to your<br />

operation?<br />

Do you know the required turnover rate required in your state or county?<br />

Do you know if there is a maximum patron load for your facility?<br />

Key Points: Review the chemical test typically recommended by the industry and compare to the<br />

local health code requirement. These include:<br />

Disinfectant, pH, calcium hardness, total alkalinity, cyanuric acid, etc. (See parameters<br />

in Appendix B-1).<br />

Facility design and construction.<br />

Facility operation and management.<br />

Activity: Review Appendix B-1 with a copy of the local health code to determine areas of<br />

compatibility and difference. Have students indicate possible reasons for difference.<br />

Key Points: Discuss the applicable minimum and maximum levels for each of the required<br />

chemical tests indicated in the health code and compare to the industry standard. These would<br />

include values for:<br />

Free Chlorine<br />

Total Chlorine<br />

Combined Chlorine<br />

pH<br />

Total Alkalinity<br />

Calcium Hardness<br />

Cyanuric Acid<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 97


Key Points: Review the local codes as to the chemical records that an operator would be required<br />

to maintain and how they compare to the chemical check list found in Appendix A-2. Discuss the<br />

various aspects, including:<br />

How often is testing required?<br />

Is there a code requirement that complies with OSHA regulations?<br />

Key Points: Review the additional records that the local code requires. These might include but<br />

are not limited to:<br />

Saturation Index values<br />

Water Clarity tests<br />

Vacuum and pressure gauge readings<br />

Bather load recordings<br />

Air temperature<br />

Water temperature<br />

Backwash information<br />

Key Points: Discuss the local or state code relative to the following additional considerations:<br />

Requirement for automated controller system<br />

Automatic controller<br />

Flow meter, etc.<br />

Required turnover rate and/or fl ow rate<br />

Required pool signage and markings<br />

Amount and type of lifeguarding equipment needed<br />

Number of lifeguards needed<br />

Key Points: Investigate the similarity or differences in the local or state regulations as it relates to<br />

a spa facility. These include, but are not limited to:<br />

Turnover rate<br />

Chemical levels<br />

Lifeguard supervision<br />

Activity: Time permitting, have the student compare the local or state code to the model aquatic<br />

health code proposed by the CDC. Specifi cally look at the similarities and differences that might<br />

be present<br />

Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they have just<br />

completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this lesson,<br />

offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

Page 98<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Review Calculations<br />

Suggested Time: 60 minutes (typically covered at beginning of Day 2)<br />

Materials:<br />

Calculation Formulas handout (Appendix J from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />

Water Quality Standards handout (Appendix K from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />

Langelier Saturation Index handout (Appendix L from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />

Saturation Index Worksheet (Appendix M from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />

Chemical Adjustment Worksheet (Appendix N from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />

Water Chemistry Adjustment Guidelines handout (Appendix O from<br />

<strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />

Breakpoint Chlorination handout (Appendix P from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />

Calculator<br />

Objectives: Objectives for this lesson include:<br />

Review all calculations related to amount conversions<br />

Review all calculations related to distance conversions<br />

Review all calculations related to surface areas<br />

Review all calculations related to pool volumes<br />

Review all calculations related to saturation index<br />

Review all calculations related to chemical adjustments<br />

Review all calculations related to breakpoint chlorination<br />

Review all calculations related to turnover rates<br />

Review all calculations related to fl ow rates<br />

Review all calculations related to fi lter surface areas<br />

HOMEWORK: This lesson will be more beneficial if participants are assigned the<br />

Calculations Homework (Appendix Q from the <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>) as homework calculation<br />

problems. This lesson is a review of all those calculations.<br />

Activity: Using the Calculation Formulas handout, have participants perform several surface area<br />

and pool volume calculations.<br />

Activity: Using the Water Quality Standards handout, Saturation Index handout, and Saturation<br />

Index Worksheet, have participants perform several saturation index calculations.<br />

Activity: Using the Calculation Formulas handout, Chemical Adjustment Worksheet, and<br />

Water Chemistry Adjustment Guidelines handout, have participants perform several chemical<br />

adjustment calculations.<br />

Activity: Using the Calculation Formulas handout, Chemical Adjustment Worksheet, Water<br />

Chemistry Adjustment Guidelines handout, and breakpoint chlorination handout, have participants<br />

perform several breakpoint chlorination calculations.<br />

Activity: Using the Calculation Formulas handout, have participants perform several turnover<br />

rate, flow rate, and filter surface area calculations.<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 99


Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the calculations<br />

they have just done. If there are participants who are still having trouble, offer additional help<br />

during a break.<br />

Page 100<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


SECTION 5<br />

The Aquatic Play Feature (APF) Course<br />

Section Contents:<br />

Aquatic Play Feature Course Administrative Guidelines ................................103<br />

Aquatic Play Feature Course Outline and Schedule ......................................107<br />

Chapter 1 – Feature Types & Unique Considerations ...................................109<br />

Chapter 2 – Water Quality ..............................................................................113<br />

Chapter 3 – Management and Operations .....................................................117<br />

Aquatic Play Feature Supplement ..................................................................121<br />

©2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 101


Page 102<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


The Aquatic Play Feature Course Administrative Guidelines<br />

COURSE DESIGN<br />

The Aquatic Play Feature (APF) course is a supplemental course to the CPO ® certifi cation<br />

program. However, it can also be taught as a stand-alone course. It is designed to provide<br />

additional information and training to operators that manage and operate facilities that include play<br />

features This is no limited to waterpark facilities. Some swimming pool facilities may also have<br />

play features, such as water slides or interactive spray features.<br />

This classroom course is designed to be completed in 3-4 hours. The course is also available as<br />

an online training course through the NSPF web site. Additional on-site training on specifi c play<br />

features is recommended.<br />

INSTRUCTOR REQUIREMENTS:<br />

An NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> becomes eligible to teach the Aquatic Play Feature course by fi rst completing<br />

the online training course for the program. The <strong>Instructor</strong> may contact NSPF to gain access to the<br />

course. Once completed, the <strong>Instructor</strong> must provide NSPF with the record of completion for the<br />

course.<br />

COURSE OBJECTIVES<br />

At the conclusion of the Aquatic Play Feature course, the student will be able to:<br />

Defi ne what is meant by aquatic play features<br />

Describe the various types of aquatic play features<br />

List the various types injury risks that could be associated with each type of play feature<br />

Explain the illnesses that are associated with the various aquatic attractions<br />

Explain the difference between aquatic play features and the traditional swimming pool<br />

Explain the water quality problems that make an aquatic play feature different from a<br />

traditional swimming pool<br />

Explain the importance of maintaining proper water levels in all aquatic play features<br />

Explain how chemicals are added to aquatic play features<br />

Explain why automatic chemical control systems are preferred in aquatic play features<br />

List the recreational water illnesses that can be associated with aquatic play features<br />

Compare the turnover rate associated with the various aquatic play features pools<br />

Explain the air quality issues associated with indoor aquatic play features<br />

Explain why chemical exposure accidents are more of a problem with aquatic play<br />

features<br />

List the alternative chemical treatment methods that can be utilized with aquatic play<br />

features<br />

Explain the four management areas associated with aquatic play features<br />

Explain the issues involved in risk management<br />

Explain the issues associated with operation management<br />

Explain the factors involved in staff management<br />

Explain how enhance public enjoyment and safety via effect management practices<br />

©2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 103


COURSE PREPARATION<br />

The Aquatic Play Feature course can be offered as an online course with little preparation by the<br />

NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> or as a 3 - 4 hour instructor led course. If taught as an instructor led course an<br />

instructor will need to consider the following:<br />

Training schedule<br />

Facility<br />

Promotion<br />

Staffi ng<br />

Course materials<br />

Course fees<br />

Registration process<br />

APF certifi cation process<br />

Examination process<br />

Course administration<br />

TRAINING SCHEDULE<br />

The APF course should be approved by the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation prior to the date<br />

of the course. As with other NSPF courses registration should be at least two (2) weeks before the<br />

start of the course to allow adequate time to receive the needed textbooks from NSPF.<br />

The time allotment guidelines recommended for each of the three chapters has a degree of<br />

fl exibility. The APF course has an optional fourth lesson that provides hands on experience with<br />

selected aspect of aquatic play feature facilities. The fourth lesson should be geared to more fi t<br />

the specifi c needs of the students. All participants should take the course exam at the same time.<br />

As mentioned there are two formats for conducting an APF course, the 4 hour in-class format or<br />

the self-paced online format. An NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> can sell the access code to the student or the<br />

student can purchase the access code direction from NSPF.<br />

Prerequisites<br />

Time<br />

Requirement<br />

Completion<br />

Requirement<br />

Full Course None 3-4 hours Minimum 80% on<br />

APF lesson exams<br />

Online Course<br />

Access to APF<br />

online materials<br />

Self-paced<br />

Minimum 80% on<br />

APF lesson exams<br />

RECORD OF COMPLETION<br />

Students completing the online course are able to print their own Record of Completion certifi cate.<br />

Students completing the classroom course with an NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> will be mailed a Record of<br />

Completion certifi cate.<br />

FACILITY<br />

The APF course can be set up in a similar fashion as recommended for a CPO ® certifi cation<br />

course. An instructor can also consider incorporating the APF lessons as add-ons to a CPO ®<br />

certifi cation course when the course would be appropriate for the background of the participants.<br />

Page 104<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


PROMOTING THE PROGRAM<br />

As with any NSPF course, it is your responsibility to adequately advertise the availability of the<br />

course.<br />

STAFFING AND ENDORSEMENTS<br />

Whenever appropriate an NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> is encouraged to seek the assistance of an expert<br />

in the fi eld when the use of such a person would prove benefi cial to the class participants. If an<br />

outside speaker is utilized students should be reminded that lesson exams are based upon the<br />

content of the Aquatic Play Feature Handbook.<br />

<strong>Instructor</strong>s should also be mindful of the NSPF endorsement restrictions and inform any guest<br />

presenter of the endorsement guidelines.<br />

COURSE MATERIALS AND COURSE FEES<br />

Orders for any textbook materials or access codes should be placed at least 10-14 days in<br />

advance to ensure on-time delivery. <strong>Instructor</strong>s are encouraged to purchase APF access code<br />

packets to have available for student purchase.<br />

Payment options as defi ned for CPO ® certifi cation courses apply to APF courses.<br />

NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong>s can purchase 10 APF Handbooks for $100.00. Handbook and access code<br />

combinations can also be purchased from NSPF at a discount to instructors. The retail price for<br />

the online course and APF Handbook combination is $50. <strong>Instructor</strong>s can purchase access codes<br />

and APF Handbooks for $25 per set.<br />

COURSE ADMINISTRATION<br />

Within two (2) weeks of the completion of your APF course, you must submit the following to the<br />

<strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation offi ce:<br />

1. COURSE CERTIFICATION RECORD<br />

You must complete the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation General Course Record form as<br />

shown in Appendix T. This document is also available on the NSPF instructor web site. The<br />

General Course Record must be typed or printed in legible handwriting and include:<br />

<strong>Instructor</strong>’s name and registration number<br />

Location of the course<br />

Starting and ending dates<br />

Complete names of all participants attending class<br />

Complete mailing addresses of participants (should be home address)<br />

APF exam grade<br />

2. EXAM RESULTS<br />

All exams (both passing and failing) must be listed on the General Course Record and be<br />

returned to the NSPF offi ce. Only those receiving 80% or higher will be issued an APF Record of<br />

Completion certifi cate. You should keep in your personal course fi le a copy of all exams of those<br />

who received less than 80% on the APF exam.<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 105


3. CERTIFICATION FEES<br />

A certifi cate fee of $10.00 for each participant who passes the examination must be submitted to<br />

the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation. Certifi cate fees must accompany the General Course<br />

Record and all exams regardless of whether the student passed or failed the exam.<br />

4. REPORTING<br />

A packet containing the General Course Record with both “passing” and “failing” participants<br />

listed, all APF exams (both passing and failing), and the $10.00 per participant certifi cation fee<br />

must be mailed to the:<br />

<strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ®<br />

4775 Granby Circle<br />

Colorado Springs, CO 80919-3131<br />

Page 106<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Aquatic Play Feature Course Outline and Schedule<br />

Feature Types & Unique Consideration (40 minutes)<br />

Defi nition of aquatic play feature<br />

Unique features of aquatic play features<br />

Types of aquatic play features<br />

Water Quality (40 minutes)<br />

Water Management and Quality<br />

Filtration and Circulation<br />

Chemical Exposure Accidents<br />

Other Water Treatment Technologies<br />

Management and Operations (45 minutes)<br />

Aquatic Play Feature Management<br />

Managing Risks<br />

Managing Operations<br />

Managing Staff<br />

Managing Public<br />

APF Three – Four Hour Training Format<br />

Time Chapter Topic<br />

8:00 - 8:30 am - Introduction and Housekeeping<br />

8:30 - 9:10 am 1 Feature Types & Unique Considerations<br />

9:10 - 9:50 am 2 Water Quality<br />

9:50 - 10:05 am - Break<br />

10:05 - 10:50 am 3 Management and Operations<br />

10:50 - 11:30 pm Exam<br />

11:30 - 12:30 pm Optional Facility Tour<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 107


Page 108<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Chapter 1 – Feature Types & Unique Considerations<br />

Handbook: Pages 1-16<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

40 minutes<br />

APF Chapter 1 Slides<br />

Principles of Wave Pool Generation<br />

(Appendix 2 from Aquatic Play Feature Handbook)<br />

Objectives: At the end of this chapter the student will be able to:<br />

1. Defi ne what is meant by aquatic play features<br />

2. Describe the various types of aquatic play features<br />

3. List the various types of risk to injury that could be associated with each type of play<br />

feature<br />

4. Explain the illnesses that are associated with the various aquatic attractions<br />

5. Explain the difference between aquatic play features and the traditional swimming<br />

pool<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

What are the characteristics of aquatic play features?<br />

Why are aquatic play features so popular?<br />

What is the greatest danger associated with APFs?<br />

What is ASTM standard F2376-06?<br />

Key Points: Causes for facility closure (p. 2). Include information relative to:<br />

Low free chlorine levels (ideal level 2-4 mg/L)<br />

Low or high pH levels<br />

Circulation system not operating<br />

Turnover rate not in recommended range<br />

Main drain cover problems<br />

Not complying with ANSI A112.19.8<br />

Water temperature too high (greater than 40°C)<br />

Gate latching problems<br />

Key Points: Wave/Surf Pools (pp 6-8). Include information relative to:<br />

General characteristics<br />

Purpose<br />

Size<br />

Number of gallons of water<br />

Water depth<br />

Wave generation (direct attention to Appendix 2)<br />

Factor that infl uence water clarity and disinfection<br />

Effects of sunlight<br />

Shallow water and uv exposure<br />

Water surface area<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 109


Turnover rate<br />

Patron safety considerations<br />

Shallow water dangers<br />

Impact with other users<br />

Low disinfectant levels<br />

Key Points: Activity Pools (pp 8-9). Include information relative to:<br />

General characteristics<br />

Purpose<br />

Water depth<br />

Turnover rate<br />

Types of features<br />

Fountains<br />

Waterfalls<br />

Floating lily pads<br />

Features<br />

Types of activities<br />

Factor that infl uence water clarity and disinfection<br />

Effects of sunlight<br />

Shallow water and uv exposure<br />

Patron safety considerations<br />

Line of sight problems with lifeguarding<br />

Circulation dead spots<br />

Low disinfectant levels<br />

Key Points: Catch Pools (pp 9-11). Include information relative to:<br />

General characteristics<br />

Purpose<br />

Water depth<br />

Turnover rate<br />

Factor that infl uence disinfection<br />

Features<br />

Types of activities<br />

Patron safety considerations<br />

Key Points: Water slides (pp 11-12). Include information relative to:<br />

General characteristics<br />

Purpose<br />

Water depth<br />

Turnover rate<br />

Types of slides<br />

Multiple tracks<br />

Bowl slide and fl ume<br />

Factors that infl uence disinfection<br />

Patron safety considerations<br />

Low water levels due to splash-out, etc<br />

Communication problems with starter and catch attendant<br />

Low disinfectant levels<br />

Page 110<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Key Points: Interactive play systems (pp 12-13). Include information relative to:<br />

General characteristics<br />

Purpose<br />

Size<br />

Number of gallons of water<br />

Water depth<br />

Turnover rate<br />

Types of features<br />

Splash pads<br />

Tunnels<br />

Floating pads<br />

Buckets<br />

Small water sides<br />

Factors that infl uence disinfection<br />

Ultraviolet supplementation<br />

Features<br />

Types of activities<br />

Patron safety considerations<br />

Zero depth structure<br />

High user load<br />

Lifeguard dead spots<br />

Spray nozzle danger<br />

Low chlorine levels<br />

High Legionella, giardia, and cryptosporidium risk<br />

Key Points: Leisure rivers (pp 13-14). Include information relative to:<br />

General characteristics<br />

Purpose<br />

Size<br />

Number of gallons of water<br />

Water depth<br />

Turnover rate<br />

Factors that infl uence disinfection<br />

Chemical feed points<br />

Features<br />

Types of activities<br />

Patron safety considerations<br />

Low chlorine levels<br />

Danger from landscape features<br />

Lifeguard coverage<br />

User load<br />

Key Points: Action rivers (pp 14-15). Include information relative to:<br />

General characteristics<br />

Purpose<br />

Size<br />

Number of gallons of water<br />

Water depth<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 111


Turnover rate<br />

Factors that infl uence disinfection<br />

Features<br />

Types of activities<br />

Patron safety considerations<br />

Lifeguard considerations<br />

Rapidly moving water<br />

Whirlpools<br />

High banks and turns<br />

Patron collisions<br />

Key Points: Vortex Pools (p 15). Include information relative to:<br />

General characteristics<br />

Purpose<br />

Size<br />

Number of gallons of water<br />

Water depth<br />

Turnover rate<br />

Factors that infl uence disinfection<br />

Features<br />

Types of activities<br />

Patron safety considerations<br />

Rapidly moving water<br />

Patron exit problems<br />

Lifeguard supervision<br />

Water depth<br />

Patron collisions<br />

Key Points: Continuous Surfi ng Pools (pp 15-16). Include information relative to:<br />

General characteristics<br />

Purpose<br />

Size<br />

Number of gallons of water<br />

Water depth<br />

Turnover rate<br />

Factors that infl uence disinfection<br />

Features<br />

Types of activities<br />

Patron safety considerations<br />

Legionella<br />

Two pump system<br />

Wave shut-off switches<br />

Patron collisions<br />

Proper disinfectant levels<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

Page 112<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Chapter 2 – Water Quality<br />

Handbook: Pages 17-32<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

40 minutes<br />

APF Chapter 2 Slides<br />

Water Chemistry Guidelines<br />

(Appendix 1 from Aquatic Play Feature Handbook)<br />

Fecal Accident Response Recommendations<br />

(Appendix 6 from Aquatic Play Feature Handbook)<br />

Objectives: At the end of this chapter the student will be able to:<br />

1. Explain the water quality problems that make an aquatic play feature (APF) different<br />

from a traditional swimming pool<br />

2. Explain the importance of maintaining proper water levels in all APFs<br />

3. Explain how chemicals are added to APFs<br />

4. Explain why automatic chemical control systems are preferred in APFs<br />

5. List the recreational water illnesses that can be associated with APFs<br />

6. Compare the turnover rate associated with the various APF pools<br />

7. Explain the air quality issues associated with indoor APFs<br />

8. Explain why chemical exposure accidents are more of a problem with APFs<br />

9. List the alternative chemical treatment methods that can be utilized with APFs<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

What makes chemical dosing a problem with APFs?<br />

Why are water level and disinfection level harder to maintain in APFs?<br />

What factors contribute to rapidly changing APF water?<br />

Key Points: APF makeup water (p 18). Include information relative to:<br />

How water is lost in an APF<br />

Splash out<br />

Carry out<br />

Evaporation<br />

How the composition of potable makeup water might infl uence water balance<br />

pH<br />

Alkalinity<br />

Calcium Hardness<br />

Chloramine concentration in makeup water<br />

Pretreatment of makeup water<br />

Key Points: Proper water levels in APF (pp 18-19). Include information relative to:<br />

Cause of water loss in APFs<br />

Areas of greatest water loss<br />

Dangers of low water levels in speed slides<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 113


Safety concern when water levels are too high<br />

Need for continuous monitoring of “runout” water levels<br />

Key Points: Adding disinfectants to APFs (pp 19-22). Include information relative to:<br />

Most common disinfectant used in APFs<br />

Chlorine<br />

Compounds that result from the addition of chlorine to water<br />

Hypochlorous acid<br />

Hypochlorite ion<br />

Chemical feed rates associated with APFs<br />

APF 160 to 227 kilos per day<br />

1,800,000 litre wave pool up to 450 kilos per day<br />

Need for a disinfectant residual in APF water<br />

Need for properly sized chemical feed systems<br />

APF typical feed rate is 450 kilos per day<br />

Need for automatic feeder control systems<br />

Disinfections feeder control<br />

pH feeder controllers<br />

Key Points: Chemical testing (p 23). Include information relative to:<br />

Types of test methods<br />

ORP<br />

DPD<br />

When to test<br />

Before facility opens<br />

Midday(if possible)<br />

Proper sample gathering<br />

More than one location<br />

Start of ride<br />

End of ride<br />

Wave pools deep middle and shallow water<br />

Proper test kit utilization<br />

Present techniques shown in Pool & Spa Operator Handbook, Chemical Testing<br />

chapter<br />

Appendix 1 – Water Chemistry Guidelines<br />

Proper record keeping for water tests<br />

State and local codes<br />

Industry recommendations<br />

Key Points: Recreational Water Illnesses (pp 23-24). Include information relative to:<br />

Cause of RWIs<br />

Cryptosporidium<br />

Giardia<br />

E. Coli 0157:H7<br />

Norovirus<br />

Shigella<br />

Prevention of RWIs<br />

Proper disinfectant levels<br />

Off deck change diaper change stations<br />

Page 114<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


CDC recommendations for fecal accident response (direct attention to Appendix 6)<br />

Recommend the Advanced RWI online course from NSPF<br />

Key Points: APF fi ltration and circulation (pp 24-26). Include information relative to:<br />

Required turnover rates for the various types of APFs<br />

Wave pool - 2 hours<br />

Activity pool – 1 hour to 2 hours<br />

Catch pool – 1 hour<br />

Leisure river – 2 hours<br />

Vortex pool – 1 hour<br />

Interactive play attraction – 1 hour<br />

ANSI/APSP-9 2005 Standard relating to APFs<br />

How to determine if turnover rate is being met<br />

Typical fl ow rate values<br />

Dye test for dead spots<br />

Use of clarifi ers to assist in reduction of Cryptosporidium outbreaks<br />

Latest recommendations<br />

Factors that infl uence proper circulation and water fl ow<br />

Nozzle adjustments<br />

Valve settings<br />

Filtration cleaning<br />

Key Points: Chemical Exposure Accidents (pp 26-27). Include information relative to:<br />

Factors contributing to chemical accidents<br />

Amount of chemicals used<br />

Transportation of chemical<br />

Number of patrons that could be exposed<br />

Complexity of chemical delivery systems<br />

Prevention of chemical accidents<br />

Schedule deliveries at slowest time of day<br />

Train staff in safe chemical handling<br />

Proper chemical handling equipment<br />

Emergency shut-off systems<br />

MSDS education<br />

Chemical handling equipment<br />

Wash stations<br />

Protective gloves<br />

Protective eyewear<br />

Spotter system<br />

Automatic chemical feed shutdown systems<br />

Codes associated with safe chemical handling<br />

Briefl y cover OSHA standards, etc.<br />

Key Points: Indoor APF (pp 27-30). Include information relative to:<br />

Air quality concerns<br />

Mist<br />

Humidity<br />

Temperature<br />

Legionella<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 115


Temperature and humidity concerns<br />

Humidity control<br />

Ventilation requirements<br />

Air distribution<br />

Air duct design<br />

Evaporation rates<br />

Chloramine buildup<br />

Disinfectant by-products<br />

High patron load<br />

Proper ventilation<br />

Proper ventilation system maintenance<br />

UV as a disinfectant supplement<br />

ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2007<br />

2.4 liters per second of outdoor air per square metre of pool and deck area<br />

Recommend the Indoor Air Quality online course from NSPF<br />

Key Points: Other water treatment technologies (pp 30-32). Include information relative to:<br />

Use of ozone for disinfection and oxidation<br />

Methods of generating ozone<br />

Corona discharge<br />

Ultraviolet light<br />

OSHA exposure levels<br />

0.1 mg/L for an 8 hour exposure<br />

Safety requirements when using ozone<br />

Ozone depleted before re-enters pool basin<br />

Units installed after fi lter<br />

Self-cleaning device<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

Page 116<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Chapter 3 – Management and Operations<br />

Handbook: Pages 33-50<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

45 minutes<br />

APF Chapter 3 Slides<br />

Materials:<br />

Sample Maintenance Log<br />

(Appendix 3 from Aquatic Play Feature Handbook)<br />

Sample Inspection Checklist<br />

(Appendix 4 from Aquatic Play Feature Handbook)<br />

Sample Staff Evaluation form<br />

| (Appendix 5 from Aquatic Play Feature Handbook)<br />

Objectives: At the end of this chapter the student will be able to:<br />

1. Explain the four management areas associated with APFs<br />

2. Explain the issues involved in risk management<br />

3. Explain the issues associated with operation management<br />

4. Explain the factors involved in staff management<br />

5. Explain how enhance public enjoyment and safety via effect management practices<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

What are some of the areas that are a risk management concern?<br />

What situations should be covered in a risk management plan for an APF?<br />

What are a few of the operational challenges that confront an APF manager?<br />

Why is staffi ng more of a problem with an APF?<br />

How does an APF manager keep the patrons safe and happy?<br />

Key Points: Managing Risk (pp 34-39). Include information relative to the following risks:<br />

Slips and falls<br />

Cause of slips and falls<br />

Slippery locker and bathroom fl oors<br />

Loose ladder rails<br />

Biofi lm<br />

Prevention methods<br />

Design of signage<br />

• Visibility<br />

• Simplicity<br />

• Clarity<br />

• Relevance<br />

• Application<br />

• Attitude<br />

• Depth markings<br />

Emergency action plans<br />

Situations that should be covered in an emergency actions plan<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 117


Severe injury at attraction<br />

Apparent drowning<br />

Heart attack<br />

Fire<br />

Severe weather conditions<br />

Chemical discharge<br />

See page 35-36 of the APF Handbook for complete list<br />

Record Keeping<br />

Indicate why records should be kept<br />

Legal defense<br />

Health department investigation<br />

Evaluate apf performance<br />

Types of records that should be kept<br />

Patron load logs<br />

Inspection reports<br />

Training reports<br />

Chemical logs<br />

Incident report<br />

See complete list on page 36 of the APF Handbook<br />

Length of time records should be kept<br />

Consult facility attorney<br />

Records from outside agencies<br />

Service reports<br />

Chemical delivery reports<br />

Discuss the sample maintenance log found in Appendix 3<br />

Additional risk management concerns<br />

Patron collisions<br />

Patron thrown from feature<br />

Structural hazards<br />

Environmental hazards<br />

Design and construction hazards<br />

See complete list on pages 38 – 39 of APF Handbook<br />

Discuss the sample inspection checklist found in Appendix 4<br />

Key Points: Managing Operations (pp 39-46). Include information relative to:<br />

Turnover rates<br />

100 times greater than traditional swimming pool<br />

Wave pool circulation may be more than 2,000,000 lpm<br />

Catch pool fl ow rate can be 800 to 1,200 lpm<br />

Refer to chart on page 24<br />

Landscaping and design<br />

Factors that infl uence chemical usage, maintenance, etc.<br />

Birds<br />

Trees<br />

Creates separation between features<br />

Patron picnic areas<br />

Patron cleaning stations<br />

Patron lounge areas<br />

Page 118<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Indoor facilities<br />

Refer to material in Chapter 2 on Water Quality<br />

Outdoor facilities<br />

Deck areas<br />

Disinfection and cleaning<br />

Scum Lines<br />

Cause of scum lines<br />

Scale inhibitors<br />

Troubleshooting (Refer to the Pool & Spa Operator Handbook)<br />

Preventive Maintenance<br />

Completed by qualifi ed personnel<br />

Consult io manual<br />

See list on page 43 of areas that need attention<br />

Routine Maintenance<br />

Renovations<br />

Types of renovations<br />

System failure<br />

• Good preventative maintenance is key<br />

Risk reduction<br />

• Changes due to new safety technology<br />

• Adding current safety equipment<br />

Feature additions or changes<br />

• Bring greater value to patrons<br />

• Makes patrons want to return<br />

• Planned enhancement of features<br />

Additional operational concerns associated with APF<br />

Adding barriers<br />

Concession areas<br />

Feature fl ow patterns<br />

See complete list on pages 45- 46 of the APF Handbook<br />

Discuss the concerns that are most appropriate for attendees<br />

Key Points: Staff Management (pp 46-48). Include information relative to:<br />

Factor infl uences staff requirements<br />

Size and number of feature<br />

Expected number of patrons<br />

Job descriptions<br />

Certifi cation requirement<br />

Staff training<br />

Mock drill relative to emergency action plan<br />

Orientation to policy and procedures manual<br />

Facility rules and regulations<br />

How to address the public<br />

See complete list on page 47 of the APF handbook.<br />

Cover additional areas applicable to the facility features<br />

How and when staff evaluations are conducted<br />

Discuss sample staff evaluation form found in appendix 5<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 119


Key Points: Public Information (Managing the Public) (pp 48 -50). Include information relative to:<br />

Patron’s role in supervision<br />

Keep children within arm’s reach<br />

Observe all posted rules<br />

Observe lifeguard instructions<br />

Appropriate use of approved personal fl otation devices<br />

Patron’s role in accident prevention<br />

Patron’s role in reducing disease outbreaks (RWIs)<br />

Don’t swim when you have diarrhea<br />

Take frequent bathroom breaks<br />

Only use diaper change stations<br />

Prevention of RWIs<br />

Proper shower before using facility<br />

Washing after using bathroom facilities<br />

Role of lifeguards and feature supervisors<br />

Prevent injuries<br />

Enforce rules and regulations<br />

Address safety issue<br />

Ensure patron safety and comfort.<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

Page 120<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Aquatic Play Feature Supplement (optional)<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

Purpose:<br />

60 minutes<br />

None<br />

Aquatic Play Feature Handbook<br />

Provide participants a tour of an operating facility with inspection of the<br />

chemical treatment facility, circulation and fi ltration, sample facility<br />

records, and emergency action plans.<br />

Objectives: At the conclusion of this lesson the learner will be able to:<br />

1. Explain how water was chemically treated at this APF<br />

2. List the types of records that were kept at this APF<br />

3. Explain the circulation and fi ltration system used at this APF<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

What chemical handling system should be in place at this facility?<br />

What records does the local or state health department require relative APFs as<br />

compared to traditional swimming facilities?<br />

How does this APF differ from the facility you operate?<br />

What changes do you believe need to be implemented at your facility?<br />

Key Points: Review the chemical tests typically recommended by the industry and compare to<br />

the local health code requirement. These include:<br />

Disinfectant, pH, calcium hardness, total alkalinity, cyanuric acid, etc. (See parameters<br />

in Appendix 1)<br />

Facility design and construction<br />

Facility operation and management<br />

Activity: Review Appendix 1 with a copy of the local health code to determine areas of<br />

compatibility and difference. Have student indicate possible reasons for difference.<br />

Key Points: Review the recommendations for water circulation and filtration. Compare the<br />

recommendation to what you are observing during the tour.<br />

Types of fi lters:<br />

Flow Rate<br />

Backwash procedure<br />

Chemical introduction system<br />

Key Points: Discuss the various types of features offered at this APF:<br />

How do these compare to your facility?<br />

If you had a chance to add a feature, which type feature would you add based upon<br />

your observations of this facility?<br />

Based upon your observation of this facility is there a feature you would not consider for<br />

your facility?<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 121


Key Points: Compare your emergency action plan with that of this facility.<br />

Similar content<br />

Differences<br />

Areas for recommended changes to your EAP<br />

Additional activities if time permits<br />

Key Points: Review water balance procedures and chemical adjustment.<br />

Components needed to calculate water balance<br />

Water balance worksheet<br />

Sample water balance problem<br />

Sample of how to determine the dosage requirement<br />

Have students conduct a water balance and dosage calculation problem<br />

Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they have just<br />

completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this lesson,<br />

offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

Page 122<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


SECTION 6<br />

The NSPF Aquatic Management Series<br />

Section Contents:<br />

Aquatic Management Series Administrative Guidelines ................................125<br />

Aquatic Risk Management Course Outline and Schedule .............................129<br />

Aquatic Risk Management - Lesson 1 ...........................................................131<br />

Aquatic Risk Management - Lesson 2 ...........................................................133<br />

Emergency Response Planning Course Outline and Schedule .....................135<br />

Emergency Response Planning - Lesson 1 ...................................................127<br />

Emergency Response Planning - Lesson 2 ...................................................139<br />

Aquatic Facility Audits Course Outline and Schedule ....................................141<br />

Aquatic Facility Audits - Lesson 1 ..................................................................143<br />

Aquatic Facility Audits - Lesson 2 ..................................................................145<br />

Recreational Water Illnesses Course Outline and Schedule .........................147<br />

Recreational Water Illnesses - Chapter 1 ......................................................149<br />

Recreational Water Illnesses - Chapter 2 ......................................................151<br />

Recreational Water Illnesses - Chapter 3 ......................................................153<br />

Recreational Water Illnesses - Chapter 4 ......................................................155<br />

Recreational Water Illnesses - Chapter 5 ......................................................157<br />

Recreational Water Illnesses - Chapter 6 ......................................................159<br />

Recreational Water Illnesses - Chapter 7 ......................................................161<br />

Recreational Water Illnesses - Chapter 8 ......................................................163<br />

Recreational Water Illnesses - Chapter 9 ......................................................165<br />

©2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 123


Page 124<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Aquatic Management Series Administrative Guidelines<br />

COURSE DESIGN<br />

The Aquatic Management Series currently consists of four courses. These courses are: Aquatic<br />

Risk Management (ARM), Emergency Response Planning (ERP), Aquatic Facility Audits (AFA)<br />

and Recreational Water Illnesses (RWI).<br />

There are two delivery methods for these courses. Each course can be taken as an online selfpaced<br />

course that should take approximately 2-4 hours to complete. Courses can be taught by a<br />

NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> who has completed the requirements to teach the course.<br />

The requirements and time interval for each course, if taught in a classroom setting, are present<br />

independently below.<br />

INSTRUCTOR REQUIREMENTS:<br />

An NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> becomes eligible to teach the Aquatic Management Series courses by fi rst<br />

completing the online training course for each program. The <strong>Instructor</strong> may contact NSPF to gain<br />

access to the courses. Once completed, the <strong>Instructor</strong> must provide NSPF with the records of<br />

completion for the courses.<br />

RECORD OF COMPLETION<br />

Students completing the online course are able to print their own Record of Completion certifi cate.<br />

Students completing the classroom course with an NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> will be mailed a Record of<br />

Completion certifi cate.<br />

COURSE ADMINISTRATION<br />

Within two (2) weeks of the completion of your course, you must submit the following to the<br />

<strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation offi ce:<br />

1. COURSE CERTIFICATION RECORD<br />

You must complete the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation General Course Record form as<br />

shown in Appendix U. This document is also available on the NSPF instructor web site. The<br />

General Course Record must be typed or printed in legible handwriting and include:<br />

<strong>Instructor</strong>’s name and registration number<br />

Location of the course<br />

Starting and ending dates<br />

Complete names of all participants attending class<br />

Complete mailing addresses of participants (should be home address)<br />

Course exam grade<br />

2. EXAM RESULTS<br />

All exams (both passing and failing) must be listed on the General Course Record and be returned<br />

to the NSPF offi ce. Only those receiving 80% or higher will be issued a Record of Completion<br />

certifi cate. You should keep in your personal course fi le a copy of all exams of those who received<br />

less than 80% on the exam.<br />

©2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 125


3. CERTIFICATION FEES<br />

A certifi cate fee of $10.00 for each participant who passes the examination must be submitted to<br />

the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation. Certifi cate fees must accompany the General Course<br />

Record and all exams regardless of whether the student passed or failed the exam.<br />

4. REPORTING<br />

A packet containing the General Course Record with both “passing” and “failing” participants<br />

listed, all exams (both passing and failing), and the $10.00 per participant certifi cation fee must be<br />

mailed to the:<br />

<strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ®<br />

4775 Granby Circle<br />

Colorado Springs, CO 80919-3131<br />

5. CLASS SCHEDULING<br />

All Aquatic Management Series courses should be approved by the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool<br />

Foundation prior to the date of the course. As with other NSPF courses, registration should be at<br />

least two (2) weeks before the start of the course to allow adequate time to receive the needed<br />

handbooks from NSPF.<br />

AQUATIC RISK MANAGEMENT<br />

COURSE OBJECTIVES<br />

At the conclusion of the Aquatic Risk Management course the student will be able to:<br />

Defi ne what is meant by aquatic risk management<br />

Describe negligence laws and negligence per se<br />

Explain the difference between gross, contributory and comparative negligence<br />

Explain the various aspects of duty of care<br />

List the possible methods of defense against negligence<br />

Explain the various acts a manger can undertake to minimize the risks associated with<br />

aquatic environments<br />

List the steps in developing a risk management plan<br />

TRAINING SCHEDULE - LESSON 1 & 2<br />

The time allotment guidelines recommended for each of the 2 lesson plans have a degree of<br />

fl exibility. Students are expected to be present for all of the material presented in each lesson.<br />

As mentioned there are two formats for conducting an ARM course, the 2 hour in-class format or<br />

the self-paced online format. An NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> can sell the access code to the student or the<br />

student can purchase the access code directly from NSPF. Students would benefi t from having<br />

completed the Pool Operator Primer course prior to enrolling in the ARM course.<br />

Prerequisites<br />

Time<br />

Requirement<br />

Completion<br />

Requirement<br />

Lesson 1 None 45 minutes Full attendance<br />

Lesson 2 Lesson 1 45 minutes Full attendance<br />

Page 126<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLANNING<br />

COURSE OBJECTIVES<br />

At the conclusion of the Emergency Response Planning course the student will be able to:<br />

List the factors to consider when developing an ERP<br />

Outline the role and responsibilities of staff in an ERP contingent upon the facilities<br />

chain of command<br />

Outline communications procedures during and ERP<br />

List the components of an ERP for aquatic related emergencies<br />

List the procedures for handling a feces mater emergency<br />

Develop an ERP for mock facility<br />

Evaluate an ERP and determine its strengths and weaknesses<br />

TRAINING SCHEDULE<br />

This course can expand beyond the 2 hours allocated for its completion. The optional exercise<br />

can extend this course by approximately an hour. To facilitate the delivery of this course the NSPF<br />

<strong>Instructor</strong> needs to follow the recommended pre-course timetable for ordering supplies, etc.<br />

Prerequisites<br />

Time<br />

Requirement<br />

Completion<br />

Requirement<br />

Lesson 1 None 45 minutes Full attendance<br />

Lesson 2 Lesson 1 75 minutes Full attendance<br />

Optional Lesson Lesson 1 & 2 45 minutes<br />

AQUATIC FACILITY AUDITS<br />

COURSE OBJECTIVES<br />

At the conclusion of the Aquatic Facility Audits course the student will be able to:<br />

List the types of safety audits<br />

List the factors to consider in developing the scope of the safety audit<br />

List the areas of an aquatic facility that should be included in a safety audit<br />

Accurately complete a report of a completed safety audit<br />

TRAINING SCHEDULE<br />

This course can expand beyond the 2 hours allocated for its completion. The optional exercise<br />

can extend this course by approximately an hour. To facilitate the delivery of this course the NSPF<br />

<strong>Instructor</strong> needs to follow the recommended pre-course timetable for ordering supplies, etc.<br />

Prerequisites<br />

Time<br />

Requirement<br />

Completion<br />

Requirement<br />

Lesson 1 None 45 minutes Full attendance<br />

Lesson 2 Lesson 1 45 minutes Full attendance<br />

Optional Lesson Lesson 1 & 2 45 minutes<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 127


It is within the prerogative of the instructor to conduct an on-site facility audit and have the<br />

students discuss the fi nding of the audit. A major outcome from this exercise is that students can<br />

successfully identify potential hazards areas within the facility audited and recommend how each<br />

hazards can be mediated. The addition of an on-site audit could add an hour to the length of the<br />

course.<br />

RECREATIONAL WATER ILLNESSES<br />

COURSE OBJECTIVES<br />

At the conclusion of the Aquatic Risk Management course the student will be able to:<br />

Identify a risk management plan for the control of recreational water illnesses<br />

Identify the types of microbes that cause recreational water illnesses<br />

Identify how recreational water illnesses are transmitted<br />

Identify gastrointestinal recreational water illnesses<br />

Identify dermal recreational water illnesses<br />

Identify respiratory recreational water illnesses<br />

Identify the methods used to control recreational water illnesses<br />

Identify the methods used to treat the water after an outbreak has occurred<br />

TRAINING SCHEDULE<br />

The time allotment guidelines recommended for each of the 9 lesson plans have a degree of<br />

fl exibility. Students are expected to be present for all of the material presented in each lesson.<br />

There are two formats for conducting an RWI course, the 6.5 hour in-class format or the selfpaced<br />

online format. An NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> can sell the access code to the student or the student<br />

can purchase the access code directly from NSPF.<br />

Prerequisites<br />

Time<br />

Requirement<br />

Completion<br />

Requirement<br />

Lesson 1 None 30 minutes Full attendance<br />

Lesson 2 Lesson 1 30 minutes Full attendance<br />

Lesson 3 Lesson 2 30 minutes Full attendance<br />

Lesson 4 Lesson 3 45 minutes Full attendance<br />

Lesson 5 Lesson 4 30 minutes Full attendance<br />

Lesson 6 Lesson 5 30 minutes Full attendance<br />

Lesson 7 Lesson 6 30 minutes Full attendance<br />

Lesson 8 Lesson 7 60 minutes Full attendance<br />

Lesson 9 Lesson 8 45 minutes Full attendance<br />

Page 128<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Aquatic Risk Management Course Outline and Schedule<br />

Lesson 1 (1 hour)<br />

The Aquatic Risk Management Process<br />

The Law & the Aquatic Professional<br />

Legal defi nitions<br />

Negligence law<br />

Duty of care<br />

Legal defenses<br />

Lesson 2 (1 hour)<br />

Aquatic Risk Management<br />

Maintaining a high quality of work<br />

Staff hiring and training<br />

Maintaining equipment<br />

Maintaining records<br />

Implementing a plan<br />

Managing risks<br />

Aquatic Risk Management Training<br />

Time Lesson Topic<br />

8:30 - 9:00 am Registration & housekeeping<br />

9:00 - 10:00 am 1 Aquatic Risk Management Process<br />

10:00 - 11:00 am 2 Aquatic Risk Management Planning<br />

11:00 – 11:15 am BREAK<br />

11:15 – 12:15 pm Exam (80% minimum to pass)<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 129


Page 130<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Lesson 1 – Aquatic Risk Management<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

60 minutes<br />

ARM Lesson 1 Slides<br />

Aquatic Risk Management Handbook<br />

Objectives: At the end of this unit the student will be able to:<br />

1. Defi ne what is meant by aquatic risk management<br />

2. Describe negligence law and negligence per se<br />

3. Explain the difference between gross, contributory, and comparative negligence<br />

4. Explain the various aspects of duty of care<br />

5. List the possible methods of defenses against negligence<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

What is the Good Samaritan Law and how does it apply to the aquatic environment?<br />

What types of actions would be considered negligent acts around a swimming pool?<br />

What does standard of care mean to you?<br />

Key Points: Defi ne risk management (p. 2)<br />

Key Points: Negligence Law and Legal Defi nitions (pp. 4 -8). Include a brief discussion of the<br />

following<br />

Negligence<br />

Gross Negligence<br />

Contributory Negligence<br />

Comparative Negligence<br />

Activity: Review the case study examples provided in the ARM Handbook.<br />

Key Points: Duty of Care and Legal Defenses (pp. 8 – 14). Cover the relationship between the<br />

following:<br />

Standard of Care<br />

Breach of Duty<br />

Proximate Cause<br />

Waiver of Liability (assumption of risk)<br />

Damages<br />

Good Samaritan Law<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 131


Page 132<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Lesson 2 – Aquatic Risk Management<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

60 minutes<br />

ARM Lesson 2 Slides<br />

Aquatic Risk Management Handbook<br />

Objectives: At the end of this unit the student will be able to:<br />

Explain the various acts a manager can undertake to minimize the risks associated with<br />

aquatic environment<br />

List the steps in developing a risk management plan<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

What risk management steps have been developed for your facility?<br />

What are the components of a good risk management plan?<br />

Key Points: Methods of Managing Risk (pp. 15 - 23). Include information relative to:<br />

Steps involved in maintaining a high quality work environment<br />

Hiring and the importance of in-service training<br />

Frequent and proper maintenance of equipment<br />

Need for accurate record keeping<br />

Recommend NSPF Aquatic Facility Audit Course<br />

Key Points: Implementing a Risk Management Plan (pp. 24 - 31). Include information relative to:<br />

Identifying and evaluating risks<br />

Ways to minimize identifi ed risks<br />

Code and regulation compliance<br />

Cost as a factor in plan development<br />

The use of a professional risk manager<br />

Key Points: Include a discussion of the components of an emergency response plan (pp. 32-34).<br />

Be sure to include:<br />

Emergency response plan development and staff training<br />

Post-ERP documentation and reports<br />

Recommend the NSPF Emergency Response Planning online or classroom course<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 133


Page 134<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Emergency Response Planning Course Outline and Schedule<br />

Lesson 1 (60 minutes)<br />

Developing Emergency Response Plans<br />

Effective communication<br />

Aquatic emergencies<br />

Lesson 2 (80 minutes)<br />

Fecal response plans<br />

CDC<br />

Weather and natural disasters<br />

HAZCOM plans<br />

Review sample plan<br />

Exercise<br />

Use sample facility layout (from Appendix BB of the <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />

Create an ERP<br />

Emergency Response Planning Training<br />

Time Chapter Topic<br />

8:30 - 9:00 am Registration & housekeeping<br />

9:00 - 10:00 am 1 Developing ERPs<br />

10:00 - 11:20 am 2 Specifi c Emergencies<br />

11:20 – 11:35 am BREAK<br />

11:35 – 12:35 pm Exam (80% minimum to pass)<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 135


Page 136<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Lesson 1 – Emergency Response Planning<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

60 minutes<br />

ERP Lesson 1 Slides<br />

Swimming Pool and Spa seasonal closure: fl ood, hurricane and other<br />

catastrophic events (Appendix 1 from ERP Handbook)<br />

Objectives: At the end of this unit the student will be able to:<br />

1. List the factors to consider when developing and ERP<br />

2. Outline the role and responsibilities of staff in an ERP contingent upon the facilities<br />

chain of command<br />

3. Outline communication procedures during an ERP<br />

4. List the components of an ERP for aquatic related emergencies<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

What types of aquatic emergencies would warrant the development of an ERP?<br />

What is the chain of command at your facility or a facility you are familiar with?<br />

What factors might infl uence the ERP a facility would develop?<br />

Key Points: Development of an Emergency Response Plan (pp. 1-2). Include the following:<br />

Types of emergencies that generally require the development of an ERP<br />

Fatality<br />

Fecal incidents<br />

Intoxicated person<br />

Workspace violence<br />

Others can be found on page 2 of the handbook<br />

Key Points: Emergency Response Planning and staff communication (pp. 2-11). Be sure to<br />

include a discussion of the following:<br />

Role of staff in ERP components and development<br />

Chain of command<br />

Alarm systems and egress<br />

Key Points: Aquatic Emergencies (pp. 12-17). Include a discussion of the following:<br />

Effective lifeguard communication<br />

Preventive lifeguarding and victim recognition<br />

Bloodborne pathogen procedures<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 137


Page 138<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Lesson 2 – Emergency Response Planning<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

80 minutes<br />

ERP Lesson 2 Slides<br />

Swimming Pool and Spa Seasonal Closure<br />

(Appendix 1 from the ERP Handbook)<br />

Hazard Communication Plan<br />

(Appendix 2 from the ERP Handbook)<br />

Sample Facility Layout handout<br />

(Appendix AA from the <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />

Objectives: At the end of this unit the student will be able to:<br />

1. List the procedures for handling a fecal matter emergency<br />

2. List the components of an ERP for aquatic related emergencies<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

What factors might infl uence the ERP a facility would develop?<br />

How do you handle a fecal matter emergency?<br />

Key Points: Pool Fecal Matter Emergency Procedures (p. 18). Include the following:<br />

Formed Stool Incidents<br />

Diarrheal Incidents<br />

Key Points: Weather/Natural Disaster and other emergency action situations (pp 19-25). Include<br />

a brief discussion of the following:<br />

Earthquakes<br />

Storms and Hurricanes<br />

Tornadoes<br />

Bomb threats<br />

Workplace violence<br />

Hazardous material dangers<br />

Key Points: Have students review HAZCOM plan in Appendix 2 of the ERP Handbook<br />

Refer student to NSPF website to download a HAZCOM plan that can be modifi ed to fi t<br />

their facility<br />

Optional Exercise (allow 20 minutes for small group development and 10 minutes for group<br />

presentations):<br />

Have students develop an emergency response plan for the mock facility provided in<br />

Appendix BB of the <strong>Instructor</strong> manual<br />

Compare the groups and point out the strengths and weakness of each plan<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 139


Page 140<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Aquatic Facility Audits Course Outline and Schedule<br />

Lesson 1 (60 minutes)<br />

Aquatic Facility Audits<br />

Purpose of audits<br />

Types of audits<br />

Audit planning<br />

Completing the audit<br />

Aquatic audits<br />

Around the pool<br />

In the pool<br />

Pump room and storage areas<br />

Lesson 2 (60 minutes)<br />

Spas<br />

Aquatic play features<br />

Facility records<br />

Lifeguard audits<br />

Operations<br />

Skills<br />

Conducting an audit<br />

Aquatic Facility Audits Training<br />

Time Chapter Topic<br />

8:30 - 9:00 am Registration & housekeeping<br />

9:00 - 10:00 am 1 Aquatic Facility Audits<br />

10:00 - 11:00 am 2 Audit Considerations<br />

11:00 – 11:15 am BREAK<br />

11:15 - 12:00 pm Conducting an Audit<br />

12:00 – 1:00 pm Exam (80% minimum to pass)<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 141


Page 142<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Lesson 1 – Aquatic Facility Audits<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

60 minutes<br />

AFA Lesson 1 Slides<br />

Aquatic Facility Audit Handbook<br />

Facility Audit Form (Appendix Y from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />

Objectives: At the end of this unit the student will be able to:<br />

1. List the types of safety audits<br />

2. List the factors to consider in developing the scope of the safety audit<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

Why should a facility develop an audit plan?<br />

What are some of the area of an aquatic facility that should fall under the audit plan?<br />

What is the objective of a safety audit?<br />

What types of audits do you conduct at your facility?<br />

Key Points: Discuss the following as they related to aquatic facility audits (pages 2 -8 and audit<br />

form from Appendix Z in <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>). Include the following<br />

Objectives of the Aquatic Facility Audit course<br />

Maintain a safe place to work<br />

Ensure that necessary administrative records are maintained<br />

Ensure the staff are able to perform their responsibilities and are able to respond to<br />

emergency situations<br />

Types of safety audits<br />

Continuous audits<br />

Formal audits<br />

Audit planning<br />

Kind of audit<br />

Focus of audit<br />

Who is conducting audit<br />

Material required during audit<br />

Qualifi cation of auditors<br />

Completing the audit report<br />

Comments refl ect only objective comments<br />

Location and description of each hazard identifi ed and correction needed<br />

Corrective action in order of severity<br />

Key Points: Audit procedures for the pool enclosure (pp. 9 – 14). Be sure to include a discussion<br />

of the following:<br />

Gates, fencing and access doors<br />

Pedestrian gates<br />

Vehicle entrance gates<br />

Walls that are part of the barrier<br />

Fence height and fence bottom clearance<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 143


Locker rooms<br />

Pool deck area<br />

Clearance<br />

Signage<br />

Considerations for above ground pools<br />

Key Points: Pool water environment issues for audits (pp. 15-19). Include a discussion of the<br />

following:<br />

Water quality<br />

Water chemistry<br />

Main drain inspections<br />

Virginia Graeme Baker Pool and Spa Safety Act<br />

Secondary back-up systems and devices<br />

Non-blockable drains<br />

Recommend completion of the free Virginia Graeme Baker Pool & Spa Safety Act online course<br />

from NSPF.<br />

Key Points: Audit of pump and storage areas (pp. 20 – 23). Include the following:<br />

Proper chemical storage<br />

Safety factors when working with electricity<br />

Heater room safety cautions<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

Page 144<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Lesson 2 – Aquatic Facility Audits<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

105 minutes<br />

AFA Lesson 2 Slides<br />

Aquatic Facility Audit Handbook<br />

Facility Audit Form (Appendix Y from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />

On-site Lifeguard Operations Audit (Appendix W from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />

Objectives: At the end of this unit the student will be able to:<br />

1. List the areas of an aquatic facility that should be included in a safety audit<br />

2. Complete a report of the audit procedure<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

What are some of the areas of an aquatic facility that should fall under the audit plan?<br />

What do you consider to be the area that is most neglected when it comes to safety<br />

audits?<br />

What types of records do you maintain for your facility?<br />

Key Points: Safety factors specifi c to the spa environment (pp 23-25). Include a brief discussion<br />

of the following:<br />

Water temperature factors<br />

Turnover rate factors<br />

Water quality and water chemistry factors<br />

Key Points: Aquatic play feature considerations (p. 25). Include a brief discussion of the following:<br />

Special water chemistry considerations<br />

Compliance with ANSI/APSP-9 2005 recommendations<br />

Compliance with ASTM F2376-08 and ASTM F2361-09<br />

Key Points: Facility record keeping and forms (pp. 25- 27). Include the following records and<br />

forms (refer students to sample forms included on pages 27- 38):<br />

Compliance training records (see page 39)<br />

Incident reports and forms<br />

Water quality testing<br />

Opening and closing checklists<br />

Maintenance records<br />

Key Points: Lifeguard audit procedures and recommendations (pp. 40 – 44) Discuss the<br />

following:<br />

Verifi cation of certifi cation<br />

Verifi cation of individual’s current abilities<br />

In-service training procedures<br />

Safety equipment availability and condition<br />

Compliance training requirements<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 145


Activity: Hand out copies of the Facility Audit Form from Appendix Y of the <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

Break the class into groups of 3-4 and have each group conduct an audit at a facility. Allow 30<br />

minutes. Discuss the fi ndings.<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

Page 146<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Recreational Water Illnesses Course Outline and Schedule<br />

Lesson 1 (30 minutes)<br />

List three reasons people are attracted to aquatic facilities<br />

Explain the steps associated with a systems approach to the allocation of funds for risk<br />

management<br />

Explain what is meant by hazard identifi cation, dose response and exposure<br />

assessment as they relate to risk assessment<br />

Explain why a risk management plan must be adjusted for groups, such as competitive<br />

swimmers, lifeguards and toddlers using wading pools<br />

Lesson 2 (30 minutes)<br />

Explain how microbes are grouped<br />

Explain which microbes are most critical to pool operators<br />

Defi ne the term pathogen<br />

Lesson 3 (30 minutes)<br />

List the three general categories of RWIs<br />

Explain the difference between each category of RWIs<br />

Explain the advantages and disadvantages of utilizing outbreak data reported by the<br />

CDC<br />

Lesson 4 (45 minutes)<br />

List the microorganisms that cause acute gastrointestinal illnesses<br />

Explain how gastrointestinal RWI outbreaks occur<br />

Explain why certain facilities are at a higher risk for gastrointestinal RWIs<br />

Lesson 5 (30 minutes)<br />

Explain why dermal irritations and infections are the most common type of RWIs<br />

Explain which microbe is the most common cause of dermal RWIs<br />

Differentiate between chemical and bacterial rashes<br />

Lesson 6 (30 minutes)<br />

Explain the difference between infectious and non-infectious respiratory RWIs<br />

List the most common diseases commonly considered infectious respiratory RWIs<br />

Explain what is meant by chemically induced respiratory diseases<br />

Lesson 7 (30 minutes)<br />

Explain the six types of non-RWIs diseases associated with aquatic settings<br />

List the possible methods to prevent each disease<br />

Indicate which disease is the most dangerous and why<br />

Lesson 8 (60 minutes)<br />

List the sources of pathogenic microorganisms that cause RWIs<br />

Explain the recommended methods for control of infectious RWIs<br />

Reason for monitoring disinfection systems<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 147


How to control chemically induced RWIs<br />

The need for bather education in the control of RWIs<br />

Lesson 9 (45 minutes)<br />

List the four steps in remedial treatment for RWIs<br />

List the types of accidents that would need immediate intervention<br />

Explain the intervention technique that would be employed to minimize a potential<br />

outbreak as a result of an RWI accident<br />

Recreational Water Illnesses Training<br />

Time Chapter Topic<br />

8:30 - 9:00 am Registration & housekeeping<br />

9:00 - 9:30 am 1 Risk Management for RWIs<br />

9:30 - 10:00 am 2 Microbes and Disease<br />

10:00 – 10:30 am 3 Recreational Water Illnesses<br />

10:30 - 10:45 am BREAK<br />

10:45 – 11:30 am 4 Gastrointestinal RWIs<br />

11:30 – 12:00 pm 5 Dermal RWIs<br />

12:00 – 1:00 pm LUNCH<br />

1:00 – 1:30 pm 6 Respiratory RWIs<br />

1:30 – 2:00 pm 7 Other Microorganisms<br />

2:00 – 3:00 pm 8 Methods for Routine Control of RWIs<br />

3:00 – 3:15 pm BREAK<br />

3:15 – 4:00 pm 9 Methods for Remedial Control of RWIs<br />

4:00 – 5:00 pm EXAM (80% minimum to pass)<br />

Page 148<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Chapter 1 – Risk Management for RWIs<br />

Chapter: Chapter 1 (pages 1-7)<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

30 minutes<br />

RWI Chapter 1 PowerPoint Slides<br />

Recreational Water Illnesses Handbook<br />

Objectives: At the end of this chapter the student will be able to:<br />

List three reasons people are attracted to aquatic facilities<br />

Explain the steps associated with a systems approach to the allocation of funds for risk<br />

management<br />

Explain what is meant by hazard identifi cation, dose response and exposure<br />

assessment as they relate to risk assessment<br />

Explain why a risk management plan must be adjusted for groups, such as competitive<br />

swimmers, lifeguards and toddlers using wading pools<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

Why are people attracted to aquatic facilities?<br />

What is risk management?<br />

Why is management of aquatic risks important to an operator?<br />

Key Points: Briefl y discuss the purpose of risk management as it relates to aquatic facilities. (pp.<br />

2-3). Include the following:<br />

Reasons people are attracted to aquatic facilities<br />

Methods for ensuring the health and safety of patrons and staff<br />

Steps in a systems approach to risk management<br />

Key Points: Explain what is meant by risk assessment and the factors that infl uence the severity<br />

of a potential risk (p. 3-6). Include information relative to:<br />

Hazard Identifi cation<br />

Potential causes of illness<br />

Dose Response Analysis<br />

Potential complications in determining an accurate dose response<br />

Exposure Assessment<br />

Methods of exposure (skin, ingestion, inhalation)<br />

Key Points: Risk assessment in special groups (p 6). Include information relative to:<br />

Potential high risk groups<br />

Lifeguards<br />

Competitive swimmers<br />

Toddlers<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 149


Key Points: Practical Application of the RWI Risk Management Plan (p 6). Discuss the two<br />

examples provided on pages 6-7.<br />

Example 1 – Risk of exposure to nitrogen trichloride<br />

Example 2 – Risk of infection from Legionella<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

Page 150<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Chapter 2 – Microbes and Disease<br />

Chapter: Chapter 2 (pages 9-14)<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

30 minutes<br />

RWI Chapter 2 PowerPoint Slides<br />

Recreational Water Illnesses Handbook<br />

Objectives: At the end of this chapter the student will be able to:<br />

Explain how microbes are grouped<br />

Explain which microbes are most critical to pool operators<br />

Defi ne the term pathogen<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

What is a microbe?<br />

How are microbes related to RWIs?<br />

Key Points: Defi ne the term virus (p. 9). Include information relative to:<br />

The most common human viruses<br />

Rhinovirus<br />

Infl uenza<br />

Human Papillomavirus (HPV)<br />

Human Immunodefi ciency Virus (HIV)<br />

How viruses are spread<br />

Key Points: Defi ne the term bacteria (p. 10). Include information relative to:<br />

The types of bacteria that causes disease<br />

E. Coli<br />

Shigella<br />

Pseudomonas<br />

Legionella<br />

All bacteria that cause RWI are easily and quickly killed by 1mg/L of chlorine<br />

Key Points: Defi nition of a parasite (p. 11). Include information relative to:<br />

The types of parasites associated with RWIs<br />

Cryptosporidium<br />

Giardia<br />

Crypto is the most serious RWI<br />

Key Points: Describe pathogenic amoebae (p. 12) Include information relative to:<br />

How they are grouped<br />

Naegleria<br />

Acanthamoeba<br />

Potential concern related to RWIs<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 151


Key Points: Describe fungi (p. 12). Include information relative to:<br />

What are fungi?<br />

Potential concern related to RWIs<br />

Trichophyton (athlete’s foot)<br />

Key Points: Algae (p. 12). Include information relative to:<br />

Types of algae found in swimming pools<br />

Green<br />

Black<br />

Mustard<br />

Potential concern for pool operators<br />

Key Points: Biofilm can harbor pathogens (p. 13). What is the health threat?<br />

Description of biofi lms<br />

Where are they found<br />

Concern for pool operators<br />

Pseudomonas in biolfi m<br />

Key Points: Pathogenic vs. non-pathogenic microorganisms (p. 14). Include information relative to:<br />

What is the difference between pathogenic and non-pathogenic?<br />

Obligate pathogens<br />

Opportunistic pathogens<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

Page 152<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Chapter 3 – Recreational Water Illnesses<br />

Chapter: Chapter 3 (pages 15-21)<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

30 minutes<br />

RWI Chapter 3 PowerPoint Slides<br />

Recreational Water Illnesses Handbook<br />

Objectives: At the end of this chapter the student will be able to:<br />

List the three general categories of RWIs<br />

Explain the difference between each category of RWIs<br />

Explain the advantages and disadvantages of utilizing outbreak data reported by the<br />

CDC<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

What is the leading RWI found in swimming facilities?<br />

What advantages do you see in the development of the model aquatic health code?<br />

Key Points: Explain the differences between the three general categories of RWIs (p 15).<br />

Include information relative to:<br />

Venue type and RWI outbreaks<br />

Pool<br />

Spa<br />

Gastrointestinal illness<br />

Method of transmission<br />

Possible diseases<br />

Most likely venue for infection<br />

Dermal<br />

Method of transmission<br />

Possible diseases<br />

Most likely venue for infection<br />

Respiratory<br />

Method of transmission<br />

Possible diseases<br />

Most likely venue for infection<br />

Key Points: Indicate the microbial agent and disinfection by-product mostly likely to cause<br />

illnesses (p. 16). Include information relative to:<br />

Bacteria<br />

E. coli<br />

Shigella<br />

Pseudomonas aeruginosa<br />

Legionella pneumophilia<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 153


Mycobacterium avium complex<br />

Endotoxins<br />

Viruses<br />

Norvirus<br />

Adenovirus<br />

Parasites<br />

Giardia<br />

Cryptosporidium<br />

Disinfection by-product<br />

Inorganic<br />

Organic<br />

Key Points: How outbreak data from CDC is collected and the process of determining inclusion<br />

or exclusion in the data pool (pp. 17-21). Include information relative to:<br />

Methods of collection<br />

Number of states and agencies generally participating<br />

Criteria for inclusion of information in data pool<br />

How data is indicated in CDC report<br />

Outbreak percentages relative three general categories<br />

Illness percentages relative to three general categories<br />

Data excluded from CDC report<br />

How to overcome the shortcomings of the CDC data pool<br />

Use of research data from scientifi c journals<br />

Anecdotal industry reports<br />

Press releases<br />

Key Points: Relative frequency of RWIs by category (p. 20).<br />

Relative comparison from Table 3-4<br />

Causative agent<br />

Frequency of illness<br />

Press coverage<br />

Key Points: Reason for outbreak variations between various countries and CDC (p. 21). Include<br />

information relative to:<br />

Regional variations in prevalence of disease<br />

Local operating practices<br />

Severity of occurrence<br />

Frequency of secondary disinfection agents<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

Page 154<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Chapter 4 – Gastrointestinal Illnesses<br />

Chapter: Chapter 4 (pages 23-34)<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

45 minutes<br />

RWI Chapter 4 PowerPoint Slides<br />

Recreational Water Illnesses Handbook<br />

Objectives: At the end of this chapter the student will be able to:<br />

List the microorganisms that cause acute gastrointestinal illnesses<br />

Explain how gastrointestinal RWI outbreaks occur<br />

Explain why certain facilities are at a higher risk for gastrointestinal RWIs<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

What is a gastrointestinal RWI?<br />

Which is more pathogenic: a gastrointestinal RWI or HIV?<br />

How do you prevent gastrointestinal RWIs?<br />

Key Points: Provide the following information relative to the bacterium E. coli (p. 25).<br />

Its physical characteristics<br />

Its method of transmission<br />

Its symptoms<br />

Its duration<br />

Its treatment<br />

How it can be prevented<br />

Key Points: Provide the following information relative to the bacterium Shigella (p. 26).<br />

Its physical characteristics<br />

Its method of transmission<br />

Its symptoms<br />

Its duration<br />

Its treatment<br />

How it can be prevented<br />

Key Points: Provide the following information relative to the Norovirus (pp. 26-27).<br />

Its physical characteristics<br />

Its method of transmission<br />

Its symptoms<br />

Its duration<br />

Its treatment<br />

How it can be prevented<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 155


Key Points: Provide the following information relative to Hepatitis A (p. 27).<br />

Its physical characteristics<br />

Its method of transmission<br />

Its symptoms<br />

Its duration<br />

Its treatment<br />

How it can be prevented<br />

Key Points: Provide the following information relative to the protozoan Giardia (pp. 27-29).<br />

Its physical characteristics<br />

Its method of transmission<br />

Its symptoms<br />

Its duration<br />

Its treatment<br />

How it can be prevented<br />

Key Points: Provide the following information relative to the parasite Cryptosporidium (pp. 29-31).<br />

Its physical characteristics<br />

Its method of transmission<br />

Its symptoms<br />

Its duration<br />

Its treatment<br />

How it can be prevented<br />

Key Points: Explain how gastrointestinal RWI outbreaks occur (pp. 31-33)<br />

Transmitted in a fecal-oral mode<br />

Microbe incubates in the gastrointestinal tract<br />

Watery diarrhea released into the water<br />

Outbreaks occur over a period of several hours or days when the chlorine level drops<br />

below 1.0 mg/L<br />

Key Points: Explain the types of facilities that are at increased risk for gastrointestinal RWIs (p. 33).<br />

Be sure to include the following:<br />

Type of facility<br />

Therapy<br />

Wading<br />

Swim schools<br />

Play features<br />

Why the facility is consider high risk<br />

Major reason these facilities are at a higher risk for gastrointestinal RWIs<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

Page 156<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Chapter 5 – Dermal RWIs<br />

Chapter: Chapter 5 (pages 35-46)<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

30 minutes<br />

RWI Chapter 5 PowerPoint Slides<br />

Recreational Water Illnesses Handbook<br />

Objectives: At the end of this chapter the student will be able to:<br />

Explain why dermal irritations and infections are the most common type of RWIs<br />

Explain which microbe is the most common cause of dermal RWIs<br />

Differentiate between chemical and bacterial rashes<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

What is meant by contact dermatitis?<br />

Why are dermal irritations generally associated with warm water facilities?<br />

Key Points: Discuss the most common types of skin complaints associated with dermal RWIs.<br />

Be sure to include the following (pp. 36-37).<br />

The most common types of skin irritations or rashes<br />

Sites where irritations or rashes are most likely<br />

Incubation time associated with onset of skin irritation or rash<br />

The role of chlorine or bromine as agents for dermal RWIs<br />

General skin irritation or rash<br />

Key Points: Discuss infectious dermal RWIs (pp. 37-41). Be sure to include the following:<br />

Pseudomonas aeruginosa<br />

Characteristics<br />

How introduced into system<br />

Incubation period<br />

Chronology of events relative to an outbreak<br />

Otitis externa<br />

Characteristics<br />

How introduced into system<br />

Incubation period<br />

Chronology of events relative to an outbreak<br />

Staphylococcus aureus<br />

Characteristics<br />

How introduced into system<br />

Incubation period<br />

Chronology of events relative to an outbreak<br />

Adenovirus<br />

Characteristics<br />

How introduced into system<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 157


Incubation period<br />

Chronology of events relative to an outbreak<br />

Key Points: Non-infectious: Contact Dermatitis (pp. 41-44). Be sure to include the following:<br />

What is meant by an irritant contact dermatitis<br />

What is meant by an allergic contact dermatitis<br />

General symptoms of contact dermatitis<br />

Disinfection by-products<br />

The role of disinfection by-products relative to contact dermatitis<br />

Chlorine<br />

Bromine<br />

Reactions to chlorine and bromine disinfectants<br />

Key Points: Determine the difference between chemical and bacterial rashes (p. 45). Include the<br />

following:<br />

Difference between incubation times<br />

How each responds to re-entry in water.<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

Page 158<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Chapter 6 – Respiratory RWIs<br />

Chapter: Chapter 6 (pages 47-58)<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

30 minutes<br />

RWI Chapter 6 PowerPoint Slides<br />

Recreational Water Illnesses Handbook<br />

Objectives: At the end of this chapter the student will be able to:<br />

Explain the difference between infectious and non-infectious respiratory RWIs<br />

List the most common diseases commonly considered infectious respiratory RWIs<br />

Explain what is meant by chemically induced respiratory diseases<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

How are most respiratory RWIs contracted?<br />

What is legionellosis?<br />

Key Points: Explain the difference between the two types of legionellosis. Be sure to include the<br />

following (pp 47-52).<br />

How the disease is transmitted<br />

People most at risk for each of the types of legionellosis<br />

Which venues are most susceptible to each type of legionellosis<br />

Warning signs for spas and legionellosis outbreaks<br />

Key Points: What is hypersensitivity pneumonitis? (pp. 53-54). Be sure to include the following:<br />

Characteristics<br />

How introduced into system<br />

Chronology of events relative to an outbreak<br />

Indicate how it can be prevented or controlled<br />

Key Points: What is Mycobacterium Avium Complex? (pp. 54-55). Be sure to include the<br />

following:<br />

Characteristics<br />

How introduced into system<br />

Chronology of events relative to an outbreak<br />

Explain how it can be prevented or controlled<br />

Key Points: Explain how bacterial endotoxins relate to pathogenic bacteria associated with RWIs<br />

(p. 55). Include the following:<br />

Explain their relationship to E.coli, Shigella and Pseudomonas aeruginosa<br />

How they are transmitted<br />

How would the pool operator control the endotoxins<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 159


Key Points: Explain the role of organic and inorganic DBPs as they relate to respiratory RWIs<br />

(pp. 55-57). Include the following:<br />

Difference between each type of DBP<br />

The role nitrogen trichloride in inducing respiratory symptoms and RWIs<br />

The use of supplemental disinfection methods to reduce the DBP that result in the<br />

formation of nitrogen trichloride<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

Page 160<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Chapter 7 – Other Microorganisms and Diseases in Aquatic Settings<br />

Chapter: Chapter 7 (pages 59-64)<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

30 minutes<br />

Chapter 7 PowerPoint Slides<br />

Recreational Water Illnesses Handbook<br />

Objectives: At the end of this chapter the student will be able to:<br />

Explain the six types of non-RWIs diseases associated with aquatic settings<br />

List the possible methods to prevent each disease<br />

Indicate which disease is the most dangerous and why<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

Why should an aquatic manager be concerned with non-RWIs that might be present in a<br />

facility?<br />

What do you believe is the best method of preventing non-RWI disease?<br />

Key Points: Defi ne Naegleria. Be sure to include the following (pp. 59-60).<br />

How the disease are transmitted<br />

The strain of Naegleria that is of most concern in an aquatic setting<br />

Best method of preventing Naegleria<br />

Key Points: Defi ne Acanthamoeba (pp. 60-61). Be sure to include the following:<br />

The three main types of Acanthamoeba<br />

The danger associated with each type<br />

People most at risk<br />

Best prevention methods<br />

Key Points: What is Schistosoma? (p. 62). Be sure to include the following:<br />

Characteristics<br />

How introduced into system<br />

Explain how it can be prevented or controlled<br />

Key Points: What is tinea pedis? (p. 62). Be sure to include the following:<br />

Characteristics<br />

How introduced into system<br />

Explain how it can be prevented or controlled<br />

Key Points: What is Molluscum contagiosum? (p. 63). Be sure to include the following:<br />

Characteristics<br />

How introduced into system<br />

Explain how it can be prevented or controlled<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 161


Key Points: What is verruca plantaris? (p. 64). Be sure to include the following:<br />

Characteristics<br />

How introduced into system<br />

Explain how it can be prevented or controlled<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

Page 162<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Chapter 8 – Methods for Routine Control of RWIs<br />

Chapter: Chapter 8 (pages 65-84)<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

60 minutes<br />

Chapter 8 PowerPoint Slides<br />

Recreational Water Illnesses Handbook<br />

Objectives: At the end of this chapter the student will be able to:<br />

List the sources of pathogenic microorganisms that cause RWIs<br />

Explain the recommended methods for control of infectious RWIs<br />

Reason for monitoring disinfection systems<br />

How to control chemically induced RWIs<br />

The need for bather education in the control of RWIs<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

What steps would you take to prevent and control RWIs in your facility?<br />

What do you believe is the most important step in the prevention of RWIs in your<br />

facility?<br />

Who should be trained at the aquatic facility and why?<br />

Key Points: List the sources of pathogenic microorganisms. Be sure to include the following (pp<br />

66-68).<br />

Discuss fi ll/replacement water as a source<br />

Discuss person-to-person spread<br />

Discuss outbreaks that arise from biofi lms<br />

Key Points: List the various methods of controlling infectious RWIs (pp. 68-74). Be sure to<br />

include the following:<br />

The need for maintaining a constant residual in the water<br />

What is meant by a minimum disinfectant concentration<br />

A defi nition of CT values<br />

Mathematical equation for calculating a CT value<br />

How CT values can assist an operator<br />

Perform a sample CT value calculation<br />

CDC minimum CT values for selected pathogens<br />

Which infectious RWIs are most diffi cult to control?<br />

Key Points: Explain effective methods of monitoring disinfectant (p. 75). Be sure to include the<br />

following:<br />

How often to monitor<br />

Methods available to monitor<br />

Effectiveness of the various monitoring methods<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 163


Key Points: Discuss the ways to control chemically induced RWIs (pp. 76-84). Be sure to<br />

include the following:<br />

Water replacement as a control<br />

Breakpoint chlorination as a control<br />

Use of ultraviolet, ozone or potassium monopersulfate as control methods<br />

Bather hygiene as a control<br />

Importance of indoor air and proper HVAC systems<br />

Air distribution and water system<br />

Key Points: Explain why bather education should be the fi rst line of defense in preventing RWIs<br />

(p. 84). Be sure to include the following:<br />

Difference between drinking water and swimming pool water<br />

Sources for effective educational materials<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

Page 164<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Chapter 9 – Methods for Remedial Control for RWIs<br />

Chapter: Chapter 9 (pages 85-103)<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

45 minutes<br />

Chapter 9 PowerPoint Slides<br />

Recreational Water Illnesses Handbook<br />

Objectives: At the end of this chapter the student will be able to:<br />

List the four steps in remedial treatment for RWIs<br />

List the types of accidents that would need immediate intervention<br />

Explain the intervention technique that would be employed to minimize a potential<br />

outbreak as a result of an RWI accident<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

What is the fi rst thing you should do when confronted with an RWI outbreak?<br />

What are the types of incidents that would require immediate intervention?<br />

Key Points: Explain the four steps to determine the appropriate treatment for a possible RWI<br />

issue. Be sure to include the following (pp 85-86).<br />

How to identify the type of incident<br />

How to ensure that all the potential causes have been identifi ed<br />

Which incidents require immediate action<br />

How to select the most appropriate treatment method<br />

Key Points: Discuss the following situations that would require immediate remedial action (pp<br />

86-91). Be sure to include the following:<br />

Blood in the water/deck<br />

Vomit in the water/deck<br />

Formed feces in the water<br />

Diarrhea in the water<br />

CDCs recommendation as to how to respond to each of the above situations<br />

Key Points: Include a brief discussion of the following factors relative to the remedial treatment<br />

of RWI accidents (pp. 91-93).<br />

The level of CYA that is considered to infl uence the effectiveness of hyperchlorinaton<br />

Connecting aquatic attractions<br />

Need for a community wide response when dealing with Cryptosporidium<br />

Key Points: Discuss the infl uence of dermal outbreaks (pp. 93-99). Be sure to include the<br />

following:<br />

How to distinguish infections from contact dermatitis<br />

Factors to consider relative to pseudomonas aeruginosa<br />

Outbreaks related to disinfection by products<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 165


Key Points: Discuss the various types of respiratory outbreaks and recommended treatment<br />

procedures (pp. 99-103). Be sure to include the following:<br />

A brief discuss of the two types of legionellosis<br />

Discuss treatment of the facility after Legionella outbreaks<br />

A brief discuss of hypersensitivity pneumonitis<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

Page 166<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


SECTION 7<br />

The Certified Pool/Spa Inspector (CPI) Course<br />

Section Contents:<br />

Certifi ed Pool/Spa Inspector Course Administrative Guidelines ................169<br />

Certifi ed Pool/Spa Inspector Course Schedule ..........................................173<br />

Lesson 1 – Introduction and Code Enforcement ............................................175<br />

Lesson 2 – Operation and Maintenance ........................................................177<br />

Lesson 3 – Disinfection ..................................................................................179<br />

Lesson 4 – Circulation Systems and Equipment ............................................181<br />

Lesson 5 – Spas, RWIs and Supervision .......................................................183<br />

Lesson 6 – Aquatic Play Features .................................................................185<br />

Lesson 7 – Swimming Pool Design Standards ..............................................187<br />

Certifi ed Pool/Spa Inspector On-site Inspection Opportunity .....................189<br />

©2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 167


Page 168<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


The Certified Pool/Spa Inspector Course Administrative Guidelines<br />

COURSE DESIGN<br />

The Certifi ed Pool/Spa Inspector (CPI) course is designed to provide a standardized training<br />

program for health offi cials and pool operators on how to conduct pool and spa inspections.<br />

The purpose of this training program is to assure a sanitary, healthy, and safe environment for<br />

the public when using swimming pools and spas. A copy of the Certifi ed Pool/Spa Inspector<br />

Handbook is provided to each student enrolled in the course.<br />

Anyone that has a current CPO ® certification may get an additional CPI certifi cation through the<br />

<strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation by completing the course successfully and submitting a<br />

certifi cation request with a $30 (USD) fee to NSPF.<br />

INSTRUCTOR REQUIREMENTS:<br />

An NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> becomes eligible to teach the Certifi ed Pool/Spa Inspector course by fi rst<br />

completing the online training course for the program. The <strong>Instructor</strong> may contact NSPF to gain<br />

access to the course. Once completed, the <strong>Instructor</strong> must provide NSPF with the record of<br />

completion for the course.<br />

COURSE OBJECTIVES<br />

At the end of this course the student will be able to:<br />

Explain the basis for the code requirements and why a violation is a public health hazard<br />

Explain how to perform an inspection of the pool and spa area<br />

Demonstrate how to evaluate swimming pool operation and maintenance<br />

Explain how the circulation system and its components work<br />

List the step needed to evaluate a facility for Pool & Spa Safety Act compliance<br />

Explain the uniqueness in spa inspections<br />

Explain how recreational water illnesses are spread<br />

List the types of supervision and operator records<br />

Explain the uniqueness of aquatic play feature inspections<br />

Explain the basic concepts of swimming pool design standards and their impact on<br />

public health<br />

COURSE PREPARATION<br />

The Certifi ed Pool/Spa Inspector Training course can be offered as an online course with little<br />

preparation by the NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> or as a 4-6 hour instructor led course. If taught as an instructor<br />

led course an instructor will need to consider the following:<br />

Training schedule<br />

Facility<br />

Promotion<br />

Staffi ng<br />

Course materials<br />

Course fees<br />

Registration process<br />

CPI certifi cation process<br />

Examination process<br />

Course administration<br />

©2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 169


TRAINING SCHEDULE<br />

The CPI course should be approved by the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation prior to the date<br />

of the course. As with other NSPF courses registration should be at least two (2) weeks before the<br />

start of the course to allow adequate time to receive the needed textbooks from NSPF.<br />

The time guidelines recommended for each of the six lessons have a degree of fl exibility. The<br />

CPI course has an optional lesson that is designed to provide hands on experience with the steps<br />

involved in conducting an on-site pool/spa inspection. The seventh lesson should be geared to<br />

fi t the specifi c needs of the potential inspector so that their fi rst inspection is not as onerous. All<br />

participants, however, should take the end of course exam at the same time.<br />

As mentioned there are two formats for conducting a CPI course, the 4-6 hour in-class format or<br />

the self-paced online format. An NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> can sell the access code to the student or the<br />

student can purchase the access code directly from NSPF.<br />

Prerequisites<br />

Time<br />

Requirement<br />

Completion<br />

Requirement<br />

Full Course None 4-6 hours Minimum 80% on<br />

CPI lesson exam<br />

Online Course None Access to CPI<br />

online course<br />

Minimum 80% on<br />

CPI lesson exam<br />

Optional Practice<br />

Inspection<br />

Completion of CPI<br />

Course<br />

60 Minutes<br />

COURSE SET-UP<br />

The CPI course can be set up in a similar fashion as recommended for a CPO ® certifi cation<br />

course. An instructor can also consider adding the CPI lessons as add-ons to a CPO ®<br />

certifi cation course when it would be appropriate for the background of the participants.<br />

PROMOTING THE PROGRAM<br />

As with any NSPF course it is the instructor’s responsibility to adequately advertise the availability<br />

of the course. Sample brochures and fl yers are available in the instructor section of the NSPF<br />

website. Additional information is also available from the NSPF offi ce via fax or email.<br />

STAFFING AND ENDORSEMENTS<br />

Whenever appropriate an NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> is encouraged to seek the assistance of an expert<br />

in the fi eld when the use of such a person would prove benefi cial to the class participants. If an<br />

outside speaker is utilized students should be reminded that lesson exams are based upon the<br />

content of the Certifi ed Pool/Spa Inspector Handbook.<br />

<strong>Instructor</strong>s should also be mindful of the NSPF endorsement restrictions and inform any guest<br />

presenter of the endorsement guidelines.<br />

COURSE MATERIALS AND COURSE FEES<br />

Orders for any textbook materials or access codes should be placed at least 10-14 days in<br />

advance to ensure on-time delivery. <strong>Instructor</strong>s are encouraged to purchase CPI access code<br />

packets to have available for student purchase.<br />

Payment options as defi ned for CPO ® certifi cation courses apply to CPI courses.<br />

Page 170<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong>s can purchase 10 CPI Handbooks for $100.00. Handbook and access code<br />

combinations can also be purchased from NSPF at a discount to instructors. The retail price for<br />

the online course and CPI Handbook combination is $50. <strong>Instructor</strong>s can purchase access codes<br />

and CPI Handbooks for $25 per set.<br />

CERTIFICATION<br />

The prerequisite to obtaining CPI certifi cation is a current CPO ® certifi cation. CPI certifi cation is<br />

valid as long as a current CPO ® certifi cation is maintained.<br />

Students completing the online CPI course must complete the certifi cation request form (available<br />

in the online course) and return it to NSPF with the $30 certifi cation fee to receive CPI certifi cation.<br />

Students without a current CPO ® certifi cation may print out a Record of Completion from the<br />

online course.<br />

Students completing the classroom CPI course will receive their CPI certifi cation in the mail from<br />

NSPF.<br />

COURSE ADMINISTRATION<br />

Within two (2) weeks of the completion of your CPI certifi cation course, you must submit the<br />

following to the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation offi ce:<br />

1. COURSE CERTIFICATION RECORD<br />

You must complete the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation General Course Record as shown in<br />

Appendix T. This document is also available on the NSPF instructor web site. The General Course<br />

Record must be typed or printed in legible handwriting and include:<br />

<strong>Instructor</strong>’s name and registration number<br />

Location of the course<br />

Starting and ending dates<br />

Complete names of all participants attending class<br />

Complete mailing addresses of participants (should be home address)<br />

CPI certifi cation exam grade<br />

2. EXAM RESULTS<br />

All exams (both passing and failing) must be listed on the General Course Record and be returned<br />

to the NSPF offi ce. Only those receiving 80% or higher will be issued CPI certifi cation. You should<br />

keep in your personal course fi le a copy of all exams of those who received less than 80% on the<br />

CPI certifi cation exam.<br />

3. CERTIFICATION FEES<br />

A Certifi cation Fee of $30.00 for each participant who passes the examination must be submitted<br />

to the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation. Certifi cation fees must accompany the General<br />

Course Record and all exams regardless of whether the student passed or failed the exam.<br />

4. REPORTING<br />

A packet containing the General Course Record with both “passing” and “failing” participants<br />

listed, all CPI certifi cation exams (both passing and failing), and the $30.00 per participant<br />

certifi cation fee must be mailed to the:<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 171


<strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ®<br />

4775 Granby Circle<br />

Colorado Springs, CO 80919-3131<br />

Page 172<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Certified Pool/Spa Inspector Course Schedule<br />

Lesson 1 (45 minutes)<br />

Introduction<br />

Pool/spa inspection report<br />

Public health hazards<br />

Incident report<br />

The need for inspections<br />

Lesson 2 (30 minutes<br />

Areas that impact public health<br />

Role of competitive governing bodies<br />

Ways to minimize or prevent starting block and deck slide injuries<br />

Inspecting ladders, handrails and steps<br />

Inspecting pool decks and surfaces<br />

CPSC barrier recommendations<br />

Depth markers<br />

Special purpose pools<br />

Rolling bulkheads<br />

Moveable bottom pools<br />

Lesson 3 (30 minutes)<br />

Meaning of turnover rate<br />

Need for disinfectants in pools/spas<br />

Disinfectant feeders<br />

Overview of gas chlorination systems<br />

Other disinfectant chemicals<br />

Defi nition of pH and pH values<br />

Proper chemical handling and storage<br />

Overview of test kits and testing procedures<br />

Determining water balance<br />

Calculating the saturation index<br />

Lesson 4 (60 minutes)<br />

Circulation systems components<br />

Surface water removal & return<br />

Types of fi lters in pools/spas<br />

The Virginia Graeme Baker Pool and Spa Safety Act<br />

The fi ve forms of entrapment<br />

The relationship between turnover rate and fl ow rate<br />

Unblockable drains and sumps<br />

Pool and Spa Safety act enforcement<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 173


Lesson 5 (45 minutes)<br />

Types of spa warning signs<br />

Spa circulation systems<br />

Spa disinfection, pH and water replacement<br />

Recreational water illnesses (RWIs)<br />

Calculating disinfection times for RWIs<br />

Blood and vomit contamination and disinfection<br />

Types of required records<br />

Determining supervision levels and equipment needs<br />

Lesson 6 (30 minutes)<br />

Types of aquatic play features (APFs)<br />

Differences between interactive play features and other APFs<br />

Lesson 7 (30 minutes)<br />

Items in a typical design report<br />

NFPA 70 electrical code<br />

NFPA 70 and the swimming pool<br />

Indoor ventilation requirements<br />

Water supply and wastewater disposal<br />

Certified Pool/Spa Inspector Training<br />

Time Section Topic<br />

8:30 - 9:00 am Registration & Housekeeping<br />

9:00 - 9:45 am 1 Introduction and Code Enforcement<br />

9:45 - 10:15 am 2 Operations and Maintenance<br />

10:15 – 10:30 am - BREAK<br />

10:30 – 11:00 am 2 Disinfection<br />

11:00 – 12:00 am 2/3/4 Circulation Systems<br />

12:15 - 1:15 pm - LUNCH (on your own)<br />

1:15 – 2:00 pm 5/6/7 Spas, RWIs and Supervision<br />

2:00 – 2:30 pm 8 Aquatic Play Features<br />

2:30 - 3:00 pm 9 Swimming Pool Design Standards<br />

3:00 – 3:15 pm - BREAK<br />

3:15 - 4:45 pm - On-Site Inspection<br />

4:45 – 6:00 pm EXAM (80% minimum)<br />

Page 174<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Lesson 1 – Introduction and Code Enforcement<br />

Handbook: Pages 1 - 4<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

45 minutes<br />

CPI Lesson 1 Slides<br />

Certifi ed Pool/Spa Inspector Handbook<br />

Objectives: At the end of this lesson the student will be able to:<br />

1. Explain why the Certifi ed Pool/Spa Inspector program is important<br />

2. List the objectives of the CPI program<br />

3. Explain who should become trained as a Certifi ed Pool/Spa Inspector<br />

4. Explain the need for standardize regulations and subsequent code enforcement<br />

5. Explain what is meant by a public health hazard<br />

6. List the aquatic incidents that most often require facilities to fi le an injury and illness<br />

reports<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

Why is it important for a pool inspector to become familiar with the content of the CPI<br />

program?<br />

Who do you believe should be required to take the CPI training course?<br />

What role do you believe the health department plays in minimizing public health<br />

hazards associated with aquatic environments?<br />

How does your jurisdiction handle pool closures?<br />

Key Points: Briefl y explain the areas generally found in a pool/spa inspection report. This should<br />

include:<br />

Design and construction<br />

Safety & supervision<br />

Recirculation systems<br />

Chemical and fi lter-aid feeding<br />

Pool chemistry and quality<br />

Equipment, maintenance, cleaning<br />

Key Points: Discuss some of the factors that most often result in creating a public health hazard.<br />

These would include:<br />

Failure to provide adequate supervision<br />

Failure to maintain the minimum disinfectant residual<br />

Presence of glass or sharp objects in swimming pool area<br />

Absence of proper depth markings<br />

Absence of required lifeguarding equipment<br />

See page for page 4 for additional items to be included in your discussion<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 175


Key Points: Discuss the need for an incident report when any of the following occur:<br />

An incident that results in death<br />

An incident that required resuscitation<br />

An incident that required hospitalization<br />

An incident that resulted from possible water quality issues<br />

Key Points: Discuss the need for an inspection as a result of the following situation:<br />

New pool or spa construction<br />

Renovation to existing facilities<br />

The role of compliance certifi cations<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

Page 176<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Lesson 2 – Operation and Maintenance<br />

Handbook: Pages 5 – 10)<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

30 minutes<br />

CPI Lesson 2 slides<br />

Revised ADA Regulations (Appendix A from the CPI Handbook)<br />

Swimming Pool/Spa Barrier Inspection Checklist handout<br />

(Appendix BB from the <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />

Objectives: At the end of this lesson the student will be able to:<br />

1. Identify the areas that have a potential impact on public health as related to pools/<br />

spas<br />

2. Explain the role of the various competitive governing bodies and the general<br />

requirements associated with diving depth design<br />

3. List the characteristics of properly installed deck slides, starting blocks, ladders and<br />

steps<br />

4. List the important features when inspecting pool and spa decks<br />

5. List fi ve factors recommended by the CPSC as it relates to pool/spa safety barriers<br />

6. Explain the ADA compliance requirements as related to accessibility<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

What factors around a pool/spa have the greatest impact on public health?<br />

What are some of the design features used when installing starting block and ladders?<br />

What is the CPSC and why are their recommendations important to a pool inspector?<br />

What changes were recently made to the ADA as related to facility accessibility?<br />

Key Points: List the various areas that can impact public health. Include a discussion of:<br />

Diving depth requirement<br />

Ladders, steps and deck slides<br />

Fencing and depth markings<br />

Special purpose facilities<br />

Key Points: Discuss the role of competitive governing bodies as it relates to diving and depth<br />

design requirements.<br />

General role of FINA, NCAA, USA Diving and their recommendations as related to water<br />

depth and water geometry below diving apparatuses<br />

Key Points: Discuss ways to minimize or prevent injuries associated with the use of starting block<br />

or deck slides. Include:<br />

Recommendation as to who should be allowed to use them<br />

Physical safety recommendations when not in use<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 177


Key Points: Discuss the process for inspecting ladders, handrails and steps. Include:<br />

Inspection of treads<br />

Placement and stability of units<br />

Recommendation as to location of ladders, handrails and steps.<br />

Key Points: Discuss the factors to consider when inspecting pool decks and surfaces. Include a<br />

discussion of:<br />

Factors that present a public health hazard<br />

Typical code requirements associated with amount of free space around a pool<br />

The need for and use of non-skid materials during construction<br />

Adequate drainage<br />

Key Points: Discuss the CPSC recommendations related to pool/spa barriers. Include a<br />

discussion of:<br />

Height of the barriers<br />

Locations and type of locking mechanism<br />

Size of opening in fencing materials<br />

Additional information from Appendix CC that is viewed as important<br />

Key Points: Provide a brief overview of the inclusion of depth markers. Include a discussion of:<br />

Location of makers<br />

Size of lettering used<br />

Durability of markings<br />

Key Points: Provide a brief overview of what is meant by the phrase special purpose pools.<br />

Include a discussion of purpose of such pools and potential hazards associated with this type of<br />

facility.<br />

Cover ADA compliance issues as listed in Appendix A<br />

Key Points: Provide a brief overview of the use of rolling bulkheads, their operation and<br />

advantages, including:<br />

Operational guidelines<br />

Required or recommended signage<br />

Key Points: Explain the use of movable bottom pools. Include a brief discussion of:<br />

Operational guidelines<br />

Required or recommended signage<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

Page 178<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Lesson 3 – Disinfection<br />

Handbook: Pages 11 – 18<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

30 minutes<br />

CPI Lesson 3 slides<br />

Chemical Storage video demo (from the <strong>Instructor</strong> DVD)<br />

Water Testing video demo (from the <strong>Instructor</strong> DVD)<br />

Objectives: At the end of this lesson the student will be able to:<br />

1. Explain the concept of turnover rate<br />

2. Calculate the turnover rate for a given facility<br />

3. List the various types of disinfectants used in pools and spa<br />

4. Explain how disinfectants are feed into the circulation system of a pool/spa<br />

5. Describe how to safely handle and store chemicals<br />

6. Discuss the basics of proper pool water testing<br />

7. Properly calculate a facilities water balance<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

What does turnover rate indicate?<br />

What are the factors needed to determine the turnover rate of a facility?<br />

Why types of disinfectants are allowed by your codes?<br />

Do your local codes require a specifi c method of adding chemicals to a facility?<br />

What safety equipment do you need to safely handle pool chemicals?<br />

What does the saturation index value tell you about a pool?<br />

Key Points: Explain what is meant by turnover rate. Discuss:<br />

The factors needed to determine a facility’s turnover rate<br />

Demonstrate a turnover rate calculation<br />

Have students practice calculating the turnover rate for a facility<br />

Explain the need for being able to calculate a facilities turnover rate<br />

Key Points: Briefl y discuss need for using a disinfectant in a pool/spa. Include:<br />

The two classes of chlorine-based disinfectants<br />

The relationship between HOCL and OCL-<br />

What is meant by a residual disinfectant level<br />

Alternative methods of disinfecting such as electrolytic chlorine generation<br />

Brominating disinfectants<br />

Key Points: Briefl y discuss disinfectant feeders. Include the following:<br />

The role of NSF and UL in evaluation of feeders<br />

The four types of chemical feeders<br />

Peristaltic<br />

Diaphragm and piston<br />

Erosion feeders<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 179


Gas feeders<br />

Points to consider when inspecting the feeder system of a facility<br />

Key Points: Provide an overview of gas chlorination systems. Include a discussion of:<br />

Health considerations when handling gas chlorine<br />

Special requirements associated with gas chlorine utilization<br />

Storage of cylinders<br />

Key Points: Provide a brief discussion of other disinfectant chemicals that an inspector might<br />

encounter during an inspection.<br />

Key Points: Defi ne pH and the range of pH values commonly associated with swimming pool and<br />

spas. Include a discussion of:<br />

Ideal pH values, acceptable pH values<br />

The effect of pH values outside the generally accepted range<br />

Chemicals generally used to adjust pH in pools or spa<br />

Key Points: Discuss proper chemical handling and storage. Include a discussion of:<br />

NFPA guidelines on how to properly store chemicals considered oxidizers<br />

Hazard communication and personal protection equipment recommendations<br />

<strong>Instructor</strong> can use chemical storage video to enhance this lesson<br />

Key Points: Provide a brief overview of test kits and testing procedures. Show water testing video<br />

contained on the instructor DVD and then discuss the following:<br />

The four basic methods of testing pool/spa water<br />

The two measurements that have the greatest infl uence on public health illness<br />

prevention<br />

The use of DPD test procedures that allow for differentiation between free chlorine and<br />

total chlorine values in a pool/spa<br />

The requirements for automated testing procedures and ORP values<br />

Key Points: Discuss how to determine pool/spa water balance. Include a discussion of:<br />

What a SI value indicates to a pool/spa operator or inspector<br />

The chemical test needed to determine a SI value for a facility<br />

How to handle a tested value that does not have a specifi c factor on the SI factor chart<br />

Key Points: Have student practice calculating an SI for a given facility. Include:<br />

How to properly use and interpret the table on page 19 as it applies to local codes<br />

A teacher lead example of the calculation procedure<br />

Student practice of calculation procedure<br />

The order and sequence of steps to adjust for a value that should be adjusted to<br />

balance a pool/spa<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

Page 180<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Lesson 4 – Circulation Systems and Equipment<br />

Handbook: Pages 18 – 31<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

60 minutes<br />

CPI Lesson 4 slides<br />

Pump Room Tour video demo (from the <strong>Instructor</strong> DVD)<br />

P&SS Act Compliance Inspection Form handout<br />

(Appendix V from <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />

Objectives: At the end of this unit student will be able to:<br />

1. List the components of a circulation system<br />

2. Explain how water is regulated within the circulation system<br />

3. Explain how pool/spa water is fi ltered<br />

4. Differentiate between the three most popular fi lter media<br />

5. Compare the fl ow rate of the various types of fi lter media<br />

6. Given the appropriate values, calculate the fl ow rate for a given pool<br />

7. Explain the relationship between turnover rate and fl ow rate<br />

8. List the 5 types of suction entrapment<br />

9. Explain how to prevent or minimize the potential causes of suction entrapment<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

What is the main function of a circulation system?<br />

How does the circulation system accomplish its main purpose?<br />

What are the different fi lter types and how are they used?<br />

Have you conducted any Pool and Spa Safety Act inspections?<br />

Video Demo: Show the Pump Room Tour video demo from the <strong>Instructor</strong> DVD.<br />

Key Points: Explain the components of a pool/spa circulation system. Include the following:<br />

Components of the system (include pumps, piping, fi lters, heaters, testing and<br />

disinfection equipment). Must be NSFI approved.<br />

Key Points: Provide an explanation of how water is removed from the surface of a pool/spa.<br />

Include the following:<br />

Perimeter overfl ow systems (gutters)<br />

Skimmers<br />

Key Points: Provide an explanation of how water is removed and returned to the pool/spa basin.<br />

Include the following:<br />

Role of a pump and strainers<br />

Role of inlets<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 181


Key Points: Explain the various types of fi lters found at pools/spas. Include the following:<br />

What is meant by fi lter media rate<br />

Sand fi lters and their fi lter media rate<br />

Diatomaceous Earth fi lter and its fi lter media rate<br />

Cartridge fi lter and its fi lter media rate<br />

Key Points: Discuss the Virginia Graeme Baker Pool and Spa Safety Act. Include the following:<br />

When the act became effective<br />

The purpose of the act<br />

The requirements to be compliant with the act<br />

Single main drain other than an unblockable<br />

Multiple drains less than three feet apart<br />

A review of the VGB Inspection Compliance form on pp 30-31.<br />

Key Points: Explain the fi ve forms of entrapment. Include the following:<br />

Body entrapment<br />

Hair entrapment<br />

Limb entrapment<br />

Mechanical entrapment<br />

Evisceration/disembowelment<br />

Key Points: Explain the relationship between turnover rate and fl ow rate. Include the following:<br />

Brief discussion of turnover rate and fl ow rate<br />

How to determine fl ow rate<br />

Flow meters<br />

Total dynamic head – how determined and pump curve relationship<br />

Key Points: Provide an explanation of unblockable drains and sumps. Include a discussion of the<br />

following:<br />

Requirements to be considered an unblockable drain<br />

Sumps requirements as specifi ed by ANSI/APSP - 16<br />

Test requirements<br />

Suction fi tting labeling requirements<br />

Key Points: Discuss the enforcement of the P&SS Act. Include the following:<br />

Where a full copy of the act can be obtained<br />

CPSC and State Attorneys General enforcement power<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

Page 182<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Lesson 5 – Spas, RWIs and Supervision<br />

Handbook: Pages 32 – 37<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

45 minutes<br />

CPI Lesson 5 slides<br />

Spas video demo (from the <strong>Instructor</strong> DVD)<br />

Objectives: At the end of this lesson the student will be able to:<br />

1. Explain the appropriate warning signs that should be posted at a spa operation<br />

2. List the circulation requirements of a spa as compared to a pool<br />

3. Indicate the maximum temperature allowed for Spa water<br />

4. Defi ne RWIs and explain how RWIs are spread<br />

5. Explain the CDC Fecal Incident Response Recommendations<br />

6. Calculate the disinfection time for a given fecal incident<br />

7. List the various pool rules that should be present at any aquatic facility<br />

8. Explain what is needed to have adequate supervision at an aquatic facility<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

What are RWIs?<br />

What types of records do your codes require a facility to maintain?<br />

What does CT mean in reference to RWIs?<br />

What is the maximum recommended temperature for spa water?<br />

Video Demo: Show the Water Testing video demo from the <strong>Instructor</strong> DVD.<br />

Key Points: Explain the various types of warning signs that should be posted at a spa. Be sure to<br />

include:<br />

Signage relative to temperature<br />

Medication use<br />

Time exposure<br />

Key Points: Briefl y discuss spa circulation systems. Include a discussion of:<br />

The difference between swimming pools and spas<br />

The minimum turnover rate generally required for a spa<br />

Length of time a person should remain in the spa<br />

Key Points: Briefl y discuss spa disinfection, pH and water replacement. Include the following:<br />

Need for higher levels of disinfectant relative to a swimming pool<br />

Elevated TDS levels<br />

How to determine a spa’s water replacement interval<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 183


Key Points: Defi ne RWIs and how they are spread. Include a discussion of:<br />

The types of RWIs that can be found in spa water<br />

How RWIs are spread<br />

Key Points: Explain the procedure to calculate disinfection time as a result of RWIs. Include a<br />

discussion for:<br />

Formed stools<br />

Diarrhea<br />

How to maintain a fecal incident log<br />

Key Points: Explain vomit and blood contamination disinfection. Include a discussion of:<br />

Germs that are most likely spread by vomit<br />

Danger of the spread of Hepatitis or HIV from blood introduced in a swimming pool/spa<br />

CDC and OSHA recommendations for decontamination of vomit and blood<br />

Recommend the Advanced RWI online course from NSPF<br />

Key Points: Discuss the types of records that a facility may be required to maintain. Include a<br />

discussion of:<br />

Who will defi ne the required records<br />

Recommended records that would typically be required by your codes.<br />

Key Points: Explain why the type of facility and its use determine the level of supervision needed.<br />

Include a discussion of:<br />

The types of pools and their use<br />

The methods to determine whether adequate supervision is present<br />

How pool rules can facilitate or help manager the level of supervision<br />

Key Points: Briefl y discuss the minimum level of recommended lifeguard equipment that should<br />

be present at an aquatic facility. Include a discussion of:<br />

Equipment specifi ed by codes<br />

Equipment consider essential within the industry<br />

Accessibility and condition of the lifeguard equipment present at the facility<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

Page 184<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Lesson 6 – Aquatic Play Features<br />

Handbook: Pages 38 – 41<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

30 minutes<br />

CPI Lesson 6 slides<br />

Aquatic Play Feature Handbook (Optional)<br />

Objectives: At the end of this lesson the student will be able to:<br />

1. Explain the difference between the various types of aquatic play features<br />

2. List the turnover rate for the various classes of aquatic play feature<br />

3. Explain the disinfection process needs for aquatic play features and how they differ<br />

from pools/spas<br />

4. Explain why supplemental disinfectants are used in aquatic play features<br />

5. Explain the use of a treatment tank for interactive play features<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

What makes aquatic play features different from pools/spa?<br />

Can you name the different types of play features?<br />

What supplemental disinfectant do you use with your aquatic play features?<br />

Key Points: Explain the six types of aquatic play features. Be sure to include:<br />

General characteristics of each<br />

Wave pools<br />

Activity pools<br />

Catch pools<br />

Water slides<br />

Continuous surfi ng pools<br />

Commonly accepted turnover rate requirements for each<br />

Key Points: Explain what makes interactive play features different from other aquatic play<br />

features. Include a discussion of:<br />

Types of activities that comprise this type of feature<br />

Entry level<br />

Operation consideration and maintenance<br />

Turnover rate<br />

Interactive play system treatment tank<br />

Signage<br />

Recommend the Aquatic Play Feature course form NSPF<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 185


Page 186<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Lesson 7 – Swimming Pool Design Standards<br />

Handbook: Pages 41 – 44<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

30 minutes<br />

Swimming Pool Design Standards Slides<br />

Electrical Audit Checklist handout<br />

(Appendix CC in the <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />

Objectives: At the end of this lesson the student will be able to:<br />

1. Explain the items to be included in a design report<br />

2. Conduct an electrical audit of their facility<br />

3. List the ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2007 Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air<br />

Quality requirements for an indoor swim facility<br />

4. Conduct an audit of the potable water supply and wastewater disposal for a swim<br />

facility<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

Can you list 3 items that should be in a design report?<br />

Can you list 4 items that are included in the NFPA 70: <strong>National</strong> Electrical Code?<br />

Can you list the minimum air fl ow for an indoor pool as required by the 2007 ANSI/<br />

ASHRAE standards?<br />

Key Points: Explain the items generally included in a typical design report. Be sure to include:<br />

Pool dimensions (volume, perimeter, area)<br />

Flow rate, turnover rate and fi ltration rate<br />

Anticipated swimmer load<br />

Source water characteristics<br />

Description of fi ltration and circulation equipment<br />

Head loss in piping and recirculation equipment<br />

Pump curve to determine fl ow rate<br />

Key Points: Explain the items included in the NFPA 70 Electrical Code. Recommend the NSPF<br />

Electrical Safety online course for students to review and then discuss the following:<br />

GFCI requirements for all equipment<br />

Grounding for underwater lighting<br />

Receptacle requirements and placement<br />

Voltage and amperage requirements for various pieces of equipment (pool pump motor,<br />

etc.)<br />

Junction box location<br />

Bonding requirement<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 187


Key Points: Explain the items included in the NFPA 70 Electrical Code as it specifically relates to<br />

lighting used around the pool. Include a discussion of:<br />

Wattage<br />

Emergency lighting<br />

GFCI<br />

Recommend the Electrical Safety Work Practices and Standards (NFPA 70E) online<br />

course from NSPF<br />

Key Points: Explain ventilation requirements as outlined by ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.1.2007.<br />

Include a discussion of:<br />

The NSPF Indoor Air Quality online course and why they should take the course<br />

The cubic metres per minute of outdoor air per square metre of pool and deck area<br />

Recommend the Indoor Air Quality online course from NSPF<br />

Key Points: Explain the requirements for water supply and wastewater disposal. Include a<br />

discussion of:<br />

Backfl ow prevention devices and steps<br />

Proper disposal of all wastewater as per local or state code<br />

Final Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they<br />

have just completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this<br />

lesson, offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

Page 188<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


Certified Pool/Spa Inspector On-site Inspection Opportunity<br />

Suggested Time:<br />

PowerPoint Slides:<br />

Materials:<br />

Purpose:<br />

90 minutes<br />

None<br />

Sample Swimming Pool Inspection Report handout<br />

(Appendix U from the <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />

Electrical Safety Audit Checklist handout<br />

(Appendix CC from the <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />

Swimming Pool/Spa Barrier Inspection Checklist handout<br />

(Appendix BB from the <strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>)<br />

Copy of state or local codes relative to inspection requirement<br />

Provide participants an opportunity to conduct a mock inspection of a<br />

functioning aquatic facility.<br />

Objectives: At the conclusion of this lesson the learner will be able to:<br />

1. Explain how to conduct a pool/spa inspection<br />

2. List the diffi culties in conducting a pool/spa inspection<br />

3. Perform an electrical safety audit<br />

4. Perform a swimming pool/spa barrier inspection<br />

Leading Questions:<br />

What are the areas that should be included in an inspection report?<br />

How should a person begin the process of conducting a facility inspection?<br />

What background should one have to be at ease when conducting any of the three<br />

audits discussed in the handbook?<br />

Key Points: Review the content of each of the three inspections forms.<br />

Activity: Review the Sample Swimming Pool Inspection Report, Electrical Safety Audit Checklist,<br />

and Swimming Pool/Spa Barrier Inspection Checklist handouts with a copy of the local health<br />

code to determine areas of compatibility and difference. Have student indicate possible reasons<br />

for difference.<br />

Activity: Divide the class participants into three groups and assign them one of the three<br />

inspections to complete (approximately 20 minutes).<br />

Activity: Allow each group approximately 10 minutes to fi nalize their fi ndings and to develop an<br />

oral report to be present to the collective class.<br />

Activity: Allow each group to make a 10 minute presentation to the collective class.<br />

Activity: Provide feedback to each group to reinforce their inspection and to facilitate future<br />

inspections.<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 189


Questions: Ask the participants if they have any questions pertaining to the lesson they have just<br />

completed. If there are participants who are still having trouble with the concepts of this lesson,<br />

offer additional help during a break or after class.<br />

Page 190<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


APPENDIX<br />

Section Contents<br />

Appendix A – NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> Web Site ........................................................193<br />

Appendix B – Checklist And Time Schedules ................................................195<br />

Appendix C – On-Site Checklist .....................................................................197<br />

Appendix D – Class Scheduling Guidelines for NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong>s .................199<br />

Appendix E – Sample Pool Operator Primer Record of Completion ..............200<br />

Appendix F – Sample Letter – Registration Confi rmation ..............................201<br />

Appendix G – Sample Letter – Registration Confi rmation w/ PMW ...............202<br />

Appendix H – Sample Letter – Congratulations .............................................203<br />

Appendix I – Sample Letter – Repeat Course ................................................204<br />

Appendix J – Calculation Formulas ................................................................205<br />

Appendix K – Water Quality Guidelines .........................................................206<br />

Appendix L – Langelier Saturation Index .......................................................207<br />

Appendix M – Saturation Index Worksheet ....................................................208<br />

Appendix N – Chemical Adjustment Worksheet ............................................209<br />

Appendix O – Water Chemistry Adjustment Guide ........................................210<br />

Appendix P – Breakpoint Chlorination Worksheet .........................................211<br />

Appendix Q – Calculations Homework ...........................................................212<br />

Appendix R – NSPF CPO ® Certifi cation Course Record ................................214<br />

Appendix S – CPO ® Certifi cation Course Evaluation .....................................216<br />

Appendix T – General Course Record ...........................................................217<br />

Appendix U – Sample Swimming Pool Inspection Report .............................219<br />

Appendix V – Pool and Spa Safety Act Compliance Inspection Form ...........220<br />

Appendix W – On-Site Lifeguard Operations Audit ........................................222<br />

Appendix X – Individual Lifeguard Skills Testing Checklist ............................224<br />

Appendix Y – Facility Audit Form ...................................................................226<br />

Appendix Z – Accessing Online Training Courses with an Access Code ......234<br />

Appendix AA – Sample Facility Layout ..........................................................235<br />

Appendix BB – Swimming Pool/Spa Barrier Inspection Checklist .......................236<br />

Appendix CC – Electrical Safety Audit Checklist ...............................................238<br />

Appendix DD – Course Pricing & MSRP ........................................................240<br />

Appendix EE – <strong>Instructor</strong> Agreement .............................................................243<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 191


Page 192<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


APPENDIX A<br />

NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> Web Site<br />

After becoming an NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong>, you will be granted access to the NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> Web Site.<br />

This page contains many resources for instructors, including:<br />

Web form to submit your classes for inclusion on the NSPF class schedule page<br />

Various worksheets & handouts for classes<br />

Promotional materials and logos<br />

Administrative documents<br />

To access the instructor site, got to www.nspf.org, click the login link, enter your account’s email<br />

address and password and click “Login”.<br />

This will take you to your account page (shown below). Click the <strong>Instructor</strong>s link to enter the site.<br />

NOTE: If you haven’t signed in to your account since mid-2010, you may need to link or create<br />

an eProAcademy account before you can access the instructor site. If you see the Link/Create<br />

screen, follow the instructions on the page to continue.<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 193


APPENDIX A<br />

NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> Web Site (cont)<br />

Navigate the instructor site by clicking the options on the right.<br />

If you wish to save any fi les to your computer, simply right-click the link and select the “save as”<br />

option.<br />

Page 194<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


APPENDIX B<br />

CPO® Certification Course Checklist & Time Schedule<br />

6-12 Months<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Pick the course dates and times<br />

Notify NSPF and request course posting on the NSPF web site to help attract students.<br />

Avoid holidays, events (Super Bowl, etc.), and scheduling confl icts (i.e., two CPO ® certifi cation<br />

classes cannot be held in the same city on the same dates).<br />

Select dates that best fi t the needs of the participants.<br />

Obtain course location<br />

Facility should be large enough to accommodate a classroom set-up with oversized tables.<br />

Request a separate registration area.<br />

Arrange any presentation equipment (computer projector, overhead projector, screen, PA system,<br />

speaker’s podium, extension cords, adapters, etc.).<br />

Make food arrangements as appropriate. Food/coffee purchases can be used to negotiate a<br />

discount on the room rental.<br />

Insist on a written agreement/contract.<br />

Select certifi ed instructor staff<br />

Request any special needs in writing.<br />

Confi rm any fi nancial arrangements in writing.<br />

Obtain guest speaker(s)<br />

Request any special needs in writing.<br />

Confi rm any fi nancial arrangements in writing.<br />

4 Months<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Plan course schedule<br />

Consider recommended contact hours for course.<br />

Consider number of sessions (two 8-hour, four 4-hour, eight 2-hour, etc.).<br />

Set specifi c topic times.<br />

Design and print brochures/fl yers<br />

Include dates, times, location, directions, fees, registration information, sponsor, contact person,<br />

phone numbers, what to bring, food arrangements, program schedule.<br />

Brochures typically take 3-4 weeks to print. Mass-produced brochures may be less expensive and<br />

can be customized by printing information that is “dated” with a “home” printer. “Dated information”<br />

may include time, location, guest speaker, etc.<br />

Submit promotional press release<br />

Organizational newsletters or magazines.<br />

Agency publications.<br />

Health Departments.<br />

2 Months<br />

<br />

<br />

Mail out course brochures/fl yers<br />

Addresses of potential participants may be obtained from health departments, organizational<br />

membership lists, and phone books.<br />

Order course textbooks and exams from NSPF<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 195


APPENDIX B<br />

CPO® Certification Course Checklist & Time Schedule (cont’d)<br />

1 Month<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Confi rm course location<br />

Follow-up to guarantee all arrangements.<br />

Contact instructor(s) and guest speaker(s)<br />

Arrange travel, lodging and transportation.<br />

Send course schedule with specifi c times.<br />

Submit local newspaper press release<br />

2 Weeks<br />

<br />

Mail course materials to participants<br />

Include textbook, course schedule, map, directions, and what to bring.<br />

1 Week<br />

<br />

<br />

Confi rm fi nal attendance with course facility<br />

Confi rm instructor and guest speaker arrangements<br />

1 Day<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Meet with instructor(s) and speaker(s) to fi nalize program format<br />

Check classroom set-up and equipment<br />

Check all program materials<br />

Ongoing<br />

<br />

<br />

Respond to inquiries<br />

Send “Confi rmation of Receipt” of participant’s registration<br />

1 Week After<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Send “Congratulations Letter” to passing participants<br />

Send “Course Repeat Letter” to failing participants<br />

Pay any fi nancial obligations<br />

<strong>Instructor</strong>(s) and speaker(s)<br />

Facility, food, etc.<br />

Submit course certifi cation record to NSPF<br />

Use the Course Certifi cation Form. List the names and address of both the passing and failing<br />

students.<br />

Include exams of all participants – both passing and failing<br />

Include $30.00 registration fee for each participant.<br />

Develop permanent course fi le<br />

All participant registrations.<br />

Copies of all agreements and correspondence.<br />

Copies of any “failed” exams.<br />

Financial summary with receipts.<br />

Page 196<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


APPENDIX C<br />

On-Site Checklist<br />

Registration Area<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Tables, chairs<br />

Flipchart, blackboard, easel<br />

Signs<br />

Receipt book<br />

Cash box with change<br />

Extra calculators<br />

Markers, pens, pencils, paper, stapler, paper clips, tape<br />

Facility<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Restrooms<br />

Emergency exits<br />

Phones<br />

Smoking areas<br />

Food and drink locations<br />

Classroom<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Presentation equipment<br />

Projectors and extra bulbs<br />

Screens<br />

PA system<br />

Extension cords and adapters<br />

PowerPoint presentation on a hard drive and on a CD-ROM<br />

Portable computer<br />

Computer projector and cables<br />

Speaker’s podium/platform<br />

Head table with chairs<br />

Participant tables with chairs<br />

<strong>Instructor</strong><br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<strong>Instructor</strong> <strong>Manual</strong><br />

Presentation materials<br />

Overheads/slides<br />

Displays<br />

Markers<br />

CPO ® certifi cation exams and answer keys<br />

NSPF instructor nametag<br />

Calculator<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 197


APPENDIX C<br />

On-Site Checklist (cont’d)<br />

Each Participant<br />

Valid government-issued photo identifi cation<br />

NSPF Pool & Spa Operator ® Handbook<br />

Course schedule<br />

State bathing codes<br />

Educational materials/handouts<br />

Calculator<br />

Pen or pencil and paper<br />

Nametag<br />

Course Administration<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Verify all student identities by checking valid government-issued photo identifi cation prior to start of the<br />

fi rst session of each day, as well as before administering the fi nal exam.<br />

Collect a signed Record of Completion form all Pool Operator Fusion students attesting to the fact<br />

that the student independently completed the online portion of the training and verify that the listed<br />

date of completion is with the past six (6) months. After verifying their ID, sign the instructor area of the<br />

Record of Completion. This Record of Completion must be attached to the fi nal exam of the student<br />

prior to sending it in to the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® .<br />

Write your initials on the bottom-left corner of every fi nal exam administered after verifying each<br />

student’s ID.<br />

Page 198<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


APPENDIX D<br />

Class Scheduling Guidelines for NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong>s<br />

Courses submitted for listing on the NSPF web site cannot overlap previouslyscheduled<br />

classes. In other words, two classes cannot be scheduled in the same city<br />

on the same date(s).<br />

Acceptable submissions include courses in different cities within a greater metropolitan<br />

area and/or a course immediately preceding or following another course in the same<br />

city. However, the dates may not overlap.<br />

Classes will be accepted for posting on a first-received, first-posted basis.<br />

Courses may be submitted up to a maximum of 15 months prior to the date of the<br />

class. Shown below please fi nd the earliest submission date for classes (beginning at<br />

12:00 midnight Mountain Time on the specifi ed date).<br />

January 1<br />

April 1<br />

July 1<br />

October 1<br />

Courses scheduled through March 31 of the following year<br />

Courses scheduled through June 30 of the following year<br />

Courses scheduled through September 30 of the following year<br />

Courses scheduled through December 31 of the following year<br />

CPO ® certification courses scheduled during industry trade shows and/or<br />

conventions take precedence in a specific city. NSPF will not post any CPO ®<br />

Certifi cation courses that confl ict with the show’s course or for two days before the<br />

show’s course begins. In the event we have posted an instructor’s course, NSPF will<br />

remove the posted course to not confl ict with show dates and CPO ® certifi cation courses<br />

scheduled in cooperation with the show organizers, unless the show is not hosting a<br />

CPO ® Certifi cation course. It is recommended that NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong>s review an industry<br />

show calendar to avoid confl icts.<br />

A course should be scheduled only if it is anticipated that the course will be<br />

conducted. Understandably, it may be necessary to cancel a class due to lack of<br />

interest in a certain area or other factors beyond the instructor’s control. However, a<br />

positive perception of both the NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> and NSPF as an organization can be<br />

maintained with a minimal number of cancellations.<br />

Classes may be submitted for the placement on the NSPF web site by any of the<br />

following methods:<br />

Email: Send to classes@nspf.org<br />

Online: Enter courses on the NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> page of www.nspf.org<br />

Phone: 719.540.9119<br />

Fax: 719.540.2787<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 199


APPENDIX E<br />

Sample Pool Operator Primer Record of Completion<br />

S<br />

John Q. Student<br />

Date of On-line Completion: January 1, 2050<br />

Page 200<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


APPENDIX F<br />

Sample Letter – Registration Confirmation<br />

(Date)<br />

(Name and Address)<br />

Dear (Name):<br />

I have received your registration for the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® CERTIFIED POOL/<br />

SPA OPERATOR ® certifi cation course at (site) on (date).<br />

The course is being held at (site name and address). The telephone number is (telephone).<br />

A number of rooms have been reserved for overnight accommodations. If you wish to make<br />

overnight arrangements, please contact the hotel directly and mention your registration in this<br />

course.<br />

Approximately 7 to 10 days prior to the course, you will receive course information and materials.<br />

Please review this material prior to the course and bring to the class with you along with a<br />

calculator.<br />

I look forward to serving you and your organization. If I may be of any further assistance, please<br />

contact me at (your telephone number).<br />

Sincerely,<br />

(Name of NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong>)<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 201


APPENDIX G<br />

Sample Letter – Registration Confirmation w/ Pool Math Workbook<br />

(Date)<br />

(Name and Address)<br />

Dear (Name):<br />

I have received your registration for the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® CERTIFIED POOL/<br />

SPA OPERATOR ® certifi cation course at (site) on (date).<br />

The course is being held at (site name and address). The telephone number is (telephone).<br />

A number of rooms have been reserved for overnight accommodations. If you wish to make<br />

overnight arrangements, please contact the hotel directly and mention your registration in this<br />

course.<br />

Approximately 7 to 10 days prior to the course, you will receive course information and materials.<br />

Please review this material prior to the course and bring to the class with you along with a<br />

calculator. Included with this letter is a math pre-test consisting of 16 questions. Please try to<br />

answer all the questions. If you have diffi culty with any of the questions or get one or more<br />

questions wrong, then I strongly recommend that you obtain a copy of the Pool Math Workbook<br />

to improve your math skills prior to the CPO ® certifi cation class. You can get your copy of the Pool<br />

Math Workbook directly from me.<br />

I look forward to serving you and your organization. If I may be of any further assistance, please<br />

contact me at (your telephone number).<br />

Sincerely,<br />

(Name of NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong>)<br />

Page 202<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


APPENDIX H<br />

Sample Letter – Congratulations<br />

(Date)<br />

(Name and Address)<br />

Dear (Name):<br />

Congratulations on your successful completion of the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ®<br />

CERTIFIED POOL/SPA OPERATOR ® certifi cation course. I hope that your experience was a<br />

positive one.<br />

Based on your results, you will be registered with the <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation ® and<br />

should receive your Certifi ed Pool/Spa Operator ® certification within four weeks. You will receive<br />

an offi cial certifi cate and wallet card containing your CPO ® certifi cation registration number. Your<br />

certifi cation is valid for a period of fi ve years from the date you completed the course.<br />

Thank you for your participation. If you have questions, please do not hesitate to contact me at<br />

(your telephone number).<br />

Sincerely,<br />

(Name of NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong>)<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 203


APPENDIX I<br />

Sample Letter – Repeat Course<br />

(Date)<br />

(Name and Address)<br />

Dear (Name):<br />

Your participation in the NSPF CERTIFIED POOL/SPA OPERATOR ® certifi cation course<br />

demonstrated a desire on your behalf to operate a safer, more effi cient facility. I am certain those<br />

you serve will appreciate your efforts.<br />

Unfortunately, your examination did not meet the minimum standard of 75%. Therefore, I am<br />

unable to submit your name for NSPF CPO ® certifi cation. However, I personally encourage you<br />

to attend the (date) course to be held at (location). I am confi dent that your preparation and<br />

advanced study will allow more understanding of the course material.<br />

Thank you for your participation. If you have questions, please do not hesitate to contact me at<br />

(your telephone number).<br />

Sincerely,<br />

(Name of NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong>)<br />

Page 204<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


APPENDIX J<br />

Calculation Formulas<br />

AMOUNT CONVERSIONS<br />

Grams to Kilos<br />

Milliliters (mL) to Litres<br />

Grrams ÷ 1,000 = Kilos<br />

Milliliters ÷ 1,000 = Litres<br />

SURFACE AREAS<br />

Rectangle / Square<br />

Length X Width = Square Metres<br />

(RADIUS = diameter ÷ 2)<br />

Circle<br />

3.14 X Radius X Radius = Square Metres<br />

POOL VOLUME (AVERAGE DEPTH = (shallow + deep) ÷ 2)<br />

Rectangle<br />

Circle<br />

Length x Width X Average Depth X 1,000 = Litres<br />

3.14 X Radius X Radius X Avg. Depth X 1,000 = Litres<br />

TURNOVER RATE<br />

Pool Volume ÷ Flow Rate ÷ 60 = Hours<br />

FLOW RATE<br />

Pool Volume ÷ Turnover Rate ÷ 60 = Litres/Minute (lpm)<br />

FILTER SURFACE AREA<br />

Flow Rate (m 3 ) ÷ Filtering Rate (m 3 /m 2 /hr) = Square Metres<br />

HEATER SIZING<br />

Pool Volume x 4.18 x Temperature Adjustment = Kilojoules<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 205


APPENDIX K<br />

Water Quality Guidelines<br />

These commonly accepted chemical parameters do not supersede product label directions, local and<br />

state regulations.<br />

Page 206<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


APPENDIX L<br />

Langelier Saturation Index<br />

Refer to:<br />

NSPF Pool & Spa Operator Handbook<br />

Chapter 6 - Water Balance<br />

Temperature<br />

Calcium Hardness<br />

Expressed as CaCO 3<br />

Total Carbonate<br />

Alkalinity<br />

°C Tf mg/L Cf mg/L Af<br />

0<br />

3<br />

8<br />

12<br />

16<br />

19<br />

24<br />

29<br />

34<br />

41<br />

0.0<br />

0.1<br />

0.2<br />

0.3<br />

0.4<br />

0.5<br />

0.6<br />

0.7<br />

0.8<br />

0.9<br />

25<br />

50<br />

75<br />

100<br />

125<br />

150<br />

200<br />

250<br />

300<br />

400<br />

800<br />

1.0<br />

1.3<br />

1.5<br />

1.6<br />

1.7<br />

1.8<br />

1.9<br />

2.0<br />

2.1<br />

2.2<br />

2.5<br />

25<br />

50<br />

75<br />

100<br />

125<br />

150<br />

200<br />

250<br />

300<br />

400<br />

800<br />

1.4<br />

1.7<br />

1.9<br />

2.0<br />

2.1<br />

2.2<br />

2.3<br />

2.4<br />

2.5<br />

2.6<br />

2.9<br />

TDS Factors<br />

Less than 1,000 1,000 mg/L or<br />

mg/L<br />

greater<br />

12.1 12.2<br />

SI<br />

Saturation Index<br />

= pH<br />

pH as tested<br />

+<br />

Tf<br />

Temperature<br />

factor<br />

+ Cf<br />

Calcium<br />

factor<br />

+ Af<br />

Alkalinity factor<br />

- TDSf<br />

TDS<br />

factor<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 207


APPENDIX M<br />

Saturation Index Worksheet<br />

Value Factor New Value Factor<br />

pH<br />

Temperature<br />

Calcium Hardness<br />

Carbonate Alkalinity<br />

Sub-Total<br />

Total Dissolved Solids<br />

Saturation index<br />

Value Factor New Value Factor<br />

pH<br />

Temperature<br />

Calcium Hardness<br />

Carbonate Alkalinity<br />

Sub-Total<br />

Total Dissolved Solids<br />

Saturation index<br />

Page 208<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


APPENDIX N<br />

Chemical Adjustment Worksheet<br />

Amount of Chemical<br />

(from Appendix B-2 or<br />

product label)<br />

Actual Pool<br />

Volume in Litres<br />

Desired<br />

Chemical Change<br />

Total<br />

÷ 40,000 Litres<br />

(From appendix B-2<br />

or product label)<br />

÷ mg/L<br />

(From appendix B-2<br />

or product label)<br />

X X =<br />

Amount of Chemical<br />

(from Appendix B-2 or<br />

product label)<br />

Actual Pool<br />

Volume in Litres<br />

Desired<br />

Chemical Change<br />

Total<br />

÷ 40,000 Litres<br />

(From appendix B-2<br />

or product label)<br />

÷ mg/L<br />

(From appendix B-2<br />

or product label)<br />

X X =<br />

Amount of Chemical<br />

(from Appendix B-2 or<br />

product label)<br />

Actual Pool<br />

Volume in Litres<br />

Desired<br />

Chemical Change<br />

Total<br />

÷ 40,000 Litres<br />

(From appendix B-2<br />

or product label)<br />

÷ mg/L<br />

(From appendix B-2<br />

or product label)<br />

X X =<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 209


APPENDIX O<br />

Water Chemistry Adjustment Guidelines<br />

Page 210<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


APPENDIX P<br />

Breakpoint Chlorination<br />

Step 1:<br />

Step 2:<br />

Step 3:<br />

Total Chlorine - Free Chlorine = Combined Chlorine<br />

Combined Chlorine x 10 - Existing FC = ADJUSTMENT<br />

Use chemical adjustment worksheet below<br />

Amount of Chemical<br />

(from Appendix B-2 or<br />

product label)<br />

Actual Pool<br />

Volume in Litres<br />

Desired<br />

Chemical Change<br />

Total<br />

÷ 40,000 Litres<br />

(From appendix B-2<br />

or product label)<br />

÷ mg/L<br />

(From appendix B-2<br />

or product label)<br />

X X =<br />

Step 1:<br />

Step 2:<br />

Step 3:<br />

Total Chlorine - Free Chlorine = Combined Chlorine<br />

Combined Chlorine x 10 - Existing FC = ADJUSTMENT<br />

Use chemical adjustment worksheet below<br />

Amount of Chemical<br />

(from Appendix B-2 or<br />

product label)<br />

Actual Pool<br />

Volume in Litres<br />

Desired<br />

Chemical Change<br />

Total<br />

÷ 40,000 Litres<br />

(From appendix B-2<br />

or product label)<br />

÷ mg/L<br />

(From appendix B-2<br />

or product label)<br />

X X =<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 211


APPENDIX Q<br />

Calculations Homework<br />

1. What is the surface area a circular spa with a 3.66 metre diameter?<br />

2. What is the volume of a circular spa with an 3.66 metre diameter and a constant depth of 1<br />

metre?<br />

3. What is the surface area of a rectangular pool with a length of 50 metres and a width of 20<br />

metres?<br />

4. What is the volume of a rectangular pool with a length of 50 metres, a width of 25 metres,<br />

and a depth ranging from 3 metres in the shallow end to 5.5 metres in the deep end?<br />

5. What is the surface area of a rectangular pool with a length of 20 metres and a width of 10<br />

metres?<br />

6. What is the volume of a rectangular pool with a length of 20 metres, a width of 10 metres,<br />

and a depth ranging from 1 metre in the shallow end to 2 metres in the deep end?<br />

7. Calculate the Saturation Index for water that has a total alkalinity of 120 mg/L, a pH of 7.6,<br />

a calcium hardness of 400 mg/L, a temperature of 40°C, and a total dissolved solids of 800<br />

mg/L. If it is not balanced, fi x it.<br />

8. Calculate the Saturation Index for water that has a total alkalinity of 50 mg/L, a pH of 7.0, a<br />

calcium hardness of 120 mg/L, a temperature of 28°C, and a total dissolved solids of 400<br />

mg/L. If it is not balanced, fi x it.<br />

9. Calculate the Saturation Index for water that has a total alkalinity of 30 mg/L, a pH of 7.0, a<br />

calcium hardness of 100 mg/L, a temperature of 40°C, and a total dissolved solids of 600<br />

mg/L. If it is not balanced, fi x it.<br />

10. Adjust the ALKALINITY from 40 mg/L to 100 mg/L in a 9,500 litre spa using sodium<br />

bicarbonate.<br />

11. Neutralize the FREE CHLORINE from 7 mg/L to 3 mg/L in a 750,000 litre pool. Use<br />

Sodium Thiosulfate.<br />

12. Adjust the CALCIUM HARDNESS from 120 mg/L to 200 mg/L in a 230,000 litre pool. Use<br />

Calcium Chloride 77%.<br />

13. How much CALCIUM HYPOCHLORITE is needed to breakpoint chlorinate a 1,512,000 litre<br />

pool if the free chlorine is 0.6 mg/L and the total chlorine is 1.5 mg/L?<br />

14. How much SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE is needed to breakpoint chlorinate a 285,000 litre<br />

pool if the free chlorine is 0.8 mg/L and the total chlorine is 1.5 mg/L?<br />

15. How much LITHIUM HYPOCHLORITE is needed to breakpoint chlorinate a 190,000 litre<br />

pool if the free chlorine is 1.2 mg/L and the total chlorine is 1.5 mg/L?<br />

Page 212<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


APPENDIX Q<br />

Calculations Homework (cont’d)<br />

16. What is the turnover rate of a 685,000 litre pool with a fl ow rate of 1365 lpm?<br />

17. What is the fl ow rate of a 685,000 litre pool based on a 5 hour turnover rate?<br />

18. What is the fi lter surface area needed for a sand fi lter if the fl ow rate is 1424 lpm? Use 20<br />

m 3 /m 2 /hr fi lter media rate.<br />

19. What is the turnover rate of a 435,000 litre pool with a fl ow rate of 1135 lpm?<br />

20. What is the fl ow rate of a 435,000 litre pool based on a 6 hour turnover rate.<br />

21. What is the fi lter surface area needed for a sand fi lter if the fl ow rate is 1211 lpm? Use<br />

11m 3 /m 2 /hr for the FMR<br />

22. How many kilojoules are needed to raise the temperature of a 3,400 litre spa from 32 o C to<br />

40 o C?<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 213


APPENDIX R<br />

NSPF CPO® Certification Course Certification Record<br />

Page 214<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


APPENDIX R<br />

NSPF CPO® Certification Course Certification Record (cont’d)<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 215


APPENDIX S<br />

CPO® Certification Course Evaluation<br />

Page 216<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


APPENDIX T<br />

General Course Record<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 217


APPENDIX T<br />

General Course Record (cont’d)<br />

Page 218<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


APPENDIX U<br />

Sample Swimming Pool Inspection Report (CPI)<br />

POOL’S NAME<br />

(Sample) Swimming Pool Inspection Report<br />

INSPECTION DATE<br />

MO. DAY YEAR<br />

STREET ADDRESS TOWN, VILLAGE OR CITY COUNTY<br />

LOCATION<br />

CODE AND<br />

NUMBER<br />

PREVIOUS<br />

ACTION<br />

FUTURE<br />

ACTION<br />

0 1<br />

COUNTY<br />

FACILITY CODE<br />

POOL CAPACITY INSPECTION TYPE INSPECTION RESULTS<br />

PURPOSE DATE STATUS STATUS DATE SCHEDULED ACTION ACTION DATE<br />

PURPOSE DATE CRITICAL NOTICES<br />

Routine<br />

Reinspection<br />

Pre Operation Complaint<br />

Incident/Investigation<br />

Satisfactory<br />

Unsatisfactory<br />

Based on the inspection this day, the items circled below identify violations in operation of facilities that must be corrected.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

14<br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

19<br />

20<br />

21<br />

22<br />

23<br />

DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION<br />

Plans submitted, approved<br />

Pool designed and constructed<br />

SAFETY & SUPERVISION<br />

Maintenance staff, qualified, trained<br />

Supervisor - present, qualified<br />

Staffing - no. of lifeguards<br />

Lifeguards or instructors qualified, certified<br />

Staffing - whirlpools have attendant or television camera monitored<br />

Waterslide attendant<br />

Lifeguards identifiable, no distracting duties, at duties station<br />

Safety - general, no hazardous conditions<br />

Adequate lighting, accessibility, shutoffs<br />

Rescue equipment, first aid equipment, telephone present, located, good<br />

condition, phone numbers posted; gas CI safety equipment<br />

Safety rope as required<br />

Waterslide plunge area separated<br />

Pool rules - posted, legible, located<br />

Maximum pool attendance posted, pool closed sign<br />

Chemicals - proper labeling and storage, no mixing of chemicals,<br />

smoking prohibited<br />

Security - pool enclosure, controlled access, self-closing gates and<br />

latches, access through bathhouse<br />

Pool rules enforced - communicable disease, showers, food, glass,<br />

animals prohibited. Maximum patron loading.<br />

RECIRCULATION SYSTEM<br />

Potable water supply; wastewater - proper disposal<br />

Separate recirculation systems for each pool - New<br />

Recirculation system continuously operated<br />

Skimmers, gutters, drains, water inlets - number, clean, good repair,<br />

installed, operated<br />

Agitation system-designed, maintained<br />

Water level maintained<br />

Proportional flow - gutter or skimmers versus drain<br />

Circulation rate-turnover<br />

Pool volume _____ gals ) flowmeter _____ gpm ) 60 =<br />

Turnover time _____ hrs.<br />

Pump installed, maintained; strainer baskets or screens clean, spares on<br />

hand<br />

Gauges maintained, operated, accurate, installed, approved; pressure or<br />

vacuum gauge<br />

_____ psi inf. _____ psi eff/comb.<br />

Surge tank operated, maintained<br />

Plumbing - air-gaps, cross-connections, maintained, installed; piping<br />

coded or labeled<br />

Filter backwashed or cleaned, maintained, operated, installed<br />

Replacement cartridges sand _____D.E. Cart. _____<br />

24<br />

25<br />

26<br />

27<br />

28<br />

29<br />

30<br />

31<br />

32<br />

33<br />

34<br />

35<br />

36<br />

37<br />

38<br />

39<br />

40<br />

41<br />

42<br />

43<br />

44<br />

CHEMICAL & FILTER-AID FEEDING<br />

Approved design, data plate, interwired with recirculation pump<br />

Disinfectant feeders – proper for chemical used, maintained, installed,<br />

operated, sized. Chemical decanted. *Gas chlorine.<br />

*CI gas safety items under #08, 11<br />

Filter-aid feeders and chemical feeders, installed, maintained, operated<br />

Automatic monitoring and feed controls maintained, operated<br />

POOL CHEMISTRY & QUALITY<br />

Approved chemicals – registered, measurable, compatible, nontoxic, safe<br />

Disinfectant provided, continuous, proper concentration<br />

Superoxidation - done as needed<br />

pH, alkalinity within limits or balanced<br />

Cyanuric acid - within limits<br />

Water quality - clarity, algae control<br />

Microbiology _____ Safe _____ Unsafe (Follow-up - ASAP)<br />

Temperature - within limits<br />

Accurate thermometers, approved test kits unavailable, maintained, used<br />

Frequency of testing - 2x/day-pools, 4x-/day-whirlpools; alkalinity,<br />

cyanuric acid done at least weekly<br />

Reports complete and submitted. Copies kept 2 years, available on-site<br />

EQUIPMENT, MAINTENANCE, CLEANING<br />

Pool equipment – designed, constructed<br />

Pool equipment – cleaned, maintained<br />

Pool and deck – maintained, cleaned, good repair; depth markings,<br />

boundary line<br />

General maintenance, walls, ceilings, floors, hosing; spectator area<br />

separated, maintained<br />

Toilet, shower, dressing rooms, drinking fountain provided as needed,<br />

clean, maintained, hand drying, toilet tissue<br />

Suits, caps, or towels provided to patrons - clean, thoroughly laundered,<br />

storage<br />

Water heaters, heating, ventilation and electrical provided as necessary,<br />

good repair, operated<br />

Solid waste, garbage storage and disposal<br />

Disinfectant used ________________________________<br />

Filter aid; if any __________________________________<br />

Free chlorine residual __________________________ ppm<br />

Combined chlorine ____________________________ ppm<br />

Cyanuric Acid _________________________________ ppm<br />

Bromine _____________________________________ ppm<br />

Water temp._____ o F. Air temp. _____ o F.<br />

pH _____<br />

Alkalinity _____ ppm<br />

INSPECTION BY: (Signature) REPORT RECEIVED BY: DATE:<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 219


APPENDIX V<br />

Pool and Spa Safety Act Compliance Inspection Form<br />

PART I - Pool Management Information<br />

INSPECTOR NAME<br />

INSPECTION DATE<br />

FACILITY NAME<br />

POOL LICENSE / PERMIT NUMBER<br />

ADDRESS<br />

PHONE NUMBER<br />

CITY STATE ZIP CODE<br />

CONTACT NAME<br />

TITLE<br />

CONTACT ADDRESS<br />

CITY STATE ZIP CODE<br />

EMAIL ADDRESS FAX #<br />

PART II - POOL / SPA Information<br />

POOL LOCATION INDOOR OUTDOOR WATER PARK OTHER<br />

POOL TYPE<br />

SWIMMING<br />

POOL<br />

WADING<br />

POOL<br />

SPA<br />

HOT TUB<br />

OTHER<br />

WATER FEATURES (If any) SPRAY SLIDE HYDRO-JET OTHER<br />

VOLUME OF POOL (Gallons)<br />

MFGR, MAKE, MODEL NUMBER, HORSE POWER OF PUMP<br />

PART III - Inspection Check List<br />

DESCRIPTION DATA COMPLIANT NON-COMPLIANT COMMENTS<br />

Determine if the pool has suction outlets<br />

(If it does not, the inspection is complete)<br />

Measured TDH:<br />

Drain sump measurements:<br />

Drain cover data: Check the manufacturer’s instructions and<br />

certification paperwork; look for markings such as the<br />

standard, lifespan, flowrate, wall or floor mount, etc.<br />

If there are suction outlets, main drains, vacuum fittings, etc,<br />

determine the total flow rate generated by all pumps in the<br />

system<br />

Are the drain covers, blockable or unblockable, compliant<br />

with the P&SS Act?<br />

If all the covers are blockable, do they need a secondary antientrapment<br />

device and is one present?<br />

If there are multiple floor drains, are they at least three feet<br />

apart, center to center? If not, is there a secondary antientrapment<br />

device or system?<br />

Page 220<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


APPENDIX V<br />

Pool and Spa Safety Act Compliance Inspection Form (cont’d)<br />

PART III - Inspection Check List (Continued)<br />

DESCRIPTION DATA COMPLIANT NON-COMPLIANT COMMENTS<br />

Are the drain cover flow rate specifications equal to or<br />

greater than the flow rate of the system?<br />

Is the drain cover secure and attached to the sump according<br />

to the manufacturer’s instructions?<br />

If there is a vacuum line present with a compliant cover, CPSC<br />

recommends that it be covered whenever the pool is in use.<br />

Do the skimmer equalizer fittings have compliant covers?<br />

PART IV - Comments<br />

f pool is not in full compliance, provide a description of actions or steps needed to bring pool or spa into compliance with the Virginia Graeme Baker Pool and Spa<br />

Safety Act.<br />

COMMENTS<br />

Inspector - Print Name<br />

Inspector - Signature<br />

Inspection Date<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 221


APPENDIX W<br />

On-Site Lifeguard Operations Audit<br />

How to Use This Form<br />

1. This survey is to be used to record the results of the on-site evaluation.<br />

2. The "point value" portion of the checklist indicates the point value of that skill.<br />

3. The "points awarded" portion of the survey indicates the number of points that are awarded for that activity.<br />

Either all the possible points are awarded or no points are awarded. There is no partial credit for skills.<br />

4. If a facility does not obtain a minimum of 40 points on the Lifeguard Skills Testing, the facility automatically<br />

fails the on-site evaluation, regardless of the other scores.<br />

5. Points are tallied at the end of each section and the "total score" is tallied at the end of the survey. A total<br />

score of 80-100 points indicates that the facility has passed the on-site evaluation. A score of 0-79 points<br />

indicates that the facility has failed the on-site evaluation.<br />

6. The "comments" portion of the survey should be completed if a facility is not awarded any points.<br />

Facility Information (print)<br />

Name of Facility: ______________________________________________<br />

Address of Facility: ____________________________________________<br />

Facility Manager: __________________ Date of Testing: _____________<br />

Lifeguard Surveillance<br />

Activity<br />

Point<br />

Value<br />

Adequate number of lifeguards on duty<br />

3<br />

Lifeguards properly positioned<br />

2<br />

Lifeguards easily identifiable and in proper uniform 1<br />

Lifeguards have necessary equipment<br />

2<br />

Lifeguards maintain consistent surveillance<br />

3<br />

Lifeguards communicate effectively<br />

2<br />

Lifeguard rotation procedures followed<br />

2<br />

Conditions do not exist that impact safety<br />

5<br />

TOTAL POINTS 20<br />

Facility Tour<br />

Activity<br />

Point<br />

Value<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

2<br />

5<br />

Facility has adequate equipment<br />

Safety equipment is in good working order<br />

Backboard is easily accessible<br />

First aid supplies are properly stocked and available<br />

General signage is clear and readable<br />

Depth markings are clearly marked<br />

"No Diving" is clearly posted where applicable<br />

Pool main drain is clearly visible from the deck<br />

Communications system is readily available<br />

Conditions do not exist that impact safety<br />

TOTAL POINTS 20<br />

Points<br />

Awarded<br />

Points<br />

Awarded<br />

Comments<br />

Comments<br />

Page 222<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


APPENDIX W<br />

On-Site Lifeguard Operations Audit (cont’d)<br />

Facility Documentation<br />

Activity<br />

Emergency Response Plan in place<br />

Incident Reports maintained<br />

Operational procedures maintained<br />

Safety Checklists used<br />

Lifeguard certifications properly posted<br />

Point<br />

Value<br />

Lifeguard Skills Testing Results<br />

Name of Lifeguard<br />

3<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

1<br />

TOTAL POINTS 10<br />

Sub-Total Points<br />

Point<br />

Value<br />

50<br />

50<br />

50<br />

50<br />

50<br />

50<br />

50<br />

50<br />

Divide “Subtotal Points” by number of lifeguards tested ÷<br />

AVERAGE TOTAL POINTS 50<br />

Points<br />

Awarded<br />

Points<br />

Awarded<br />

Comments<br />

Comments<br />

Survey Results<br />

Activity<br />

Point<br />

Value<br />

Lifeguard Surveillance<br />

20<br />

Facility Tour<br />

20<br />

Facility Documentation<br />

10<br />

Lifeguard Skills Testing Results<br />

50<br />

TOTAL POINTS 100<br />

Pass (80-100 points)<br />

Points<br />

Awarded<br />

Fail (0-79 points)<br />

Comments<br />

Name of Aquatic Facility Auditor: ________________________________________________________<br />

Signature of Aquatic Facility Auditor: _____________________________________________________<br />

Signature of Administrator: _______________________________________________________<br />

The "Signature of Manager" indicates that this survey records on-site evaluation results of this facility as determined<br />

by the Aquatic Facility Auditor. The signature does not indicate concurrence with the evaluation score.<br />

Signature of Manager: ___________________________________________________________<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 223


APPENDIX X<br />

Individual Lifeguard Skills Testing Checklist<br />

How to Use This Form<br />

1. This checklist is to be used to record the results of the lifeguard skills testing. A separate checklist should be<br />

used for each lifeguard tested.<br />

2. The “skill” portion of the checklist indicates the activity that a lifeguard must perform. Criteria for successful<br />

completion of the skills is found in the American Red Cross Lifeguarding materials.<br />

3. The shaded areas are critical components that must be performed for a lifeguard to pass the audit. The<br />

unshaded areas should be performed but are not considered critical.<br />

4. Record the results of each component in the appropriate “pass” or “fail” box. If a “fail” is marked, reasons for<br />

the failure must be recorded in the “comment” box.<br />

5. A lifeguard must pass all three (3) scenarios to receive an overall “pass” rating.<br />

Lifeguard Information (print)<br />

Lifeguard Name: ____________________________________________________________<br />

Facility: __________________________________ Date of Testing: _________________<br />

Drowning Scenario<br />

Skill<br />

Activates Emergency Response Plan<br />

Enters water safely and effectively<br />

Approaches victim effectively<br />

Executes rescue effectively<br />

Removes the victim from water<br />

Discusses appropriate follow-up care provided to victim<br />

Discusses procedure for documenting incident<br />

Description of victim: ___________________<br />

Pass<br />

Fail<br />

Comments<br />

Spinal Management Scenario<br />

Skill<br />

Activates Emergency Response Plan<br />

Enters water safely and effectively<br />

Uses appropriate technique to provide in-line stabilization<br />

Maintains in-line stabilization throughout rescue<br />

Discusses procedure for immobilizing victim to backboard<br />

Discusses procedure for removing victim form water<br />

Discusses appropriate follow-up care provided to victim<br />

Pass<br />

Fail<br />

Comments<br />

Page 224<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


APPENDIX X<br />

Individual Lifeguard Skills Testing Checklist (cont’d)<br />

Adult CPR Scenario – One Rescuer<br />

Skill<br />

Positions victim on back and checks consciousness<br />

Verifies that EMS personnel have been summoned<br />

Opens airway and checks breathing for five (5) seconds<br />

Pass<br />

Fail<br />

Comments<br />

Aquatic Auditor prompts: “Not breathing.”<br />

Gives two (2) slow breaths using a resuscitation mask<br />

Aquatic Auditor prompts: “Air does not go in.”<br />

Re-tilts head and gives two (2) slow breaths<br />

Aquatic Auditor prompts: “Air still does not go in.”<br />

Gives five (5) chest thrusts<br />

Lifts jaw, looks in mouth, and gives finger sweep<br />

Gives two (2) breaths<br />

Aquatic Auditor prompts: “Air goes in.”<br />

Checks pulse for five (5) seconds<br />

(no more than 10 seconds)<br />

Aquatic Auditor prompts: “No pulse.”<br />

Performs one (1) minute of CPR<br />

(4 cycles of 30 compressions and 2 rescue breaths)<br />

Re-checks pulse and breathing for five (5) seconds<br />

Spinal Management Scenario<br />

Skill<br />

Drowning Victim<br />

Spinal Management<br />

Adult CPR<br />

Overall Rating<br />

Pass<br />

Fail<br />

Comments<br />

Name of Aquatic Facility Auditor: ________________________________________________________<br />

Signature of Aquatic Facility Auditor: _____________________________________________________<br />

The "Signature of Lifeguard" indicates that this checklist records lifeguard skills testing results of this individual as determined<br />

by the Aquatic Facility Auditor. The signature is not an admission that the test results are agreed to.<br />

Signature of Lifeguard: _____________________________________________________________<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 225


APPENDIX Y<br />

Facility Audit Form<br />

Audit Information<br />

Auditor(s): ______________________________________ Date of Audit: _________________________<br />

Client<br />

Name of Client: ________________________________________________________________________<br />

Contact Person: _________________________________ Title: _______________________________<br />

Address of Client: _______________________________________________________________________<br />

_______________________________________________________________________<br />

Client Phone: ___________________________________ Client FAX: __________________________<br />

Facility<br />

Name of Facility: _______________________________________________________________________<br />

Indoors Outdoors<br />

Facility Contact: __________________________________ Title: _____________________________<br />

Address of Facility: _____________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________<br />

Facility Phone: ______________________________ Facility FAX: _____________________________<br />

Architect/Designer: ______________________________________________________________________<br />

Builder: _______________________________________________________________________________<br />

Date Completed: _____________________________<br />

Comments: ___________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

Operations<br />

Season of Operation: ____________________________________________________________________<br />

Daily Hours of Operation: _________________________________________________________________<br />

Average Daily Patron Load: _____________________ Peak Patron Load: _________________________<br />

Type of Activities:<br />

Recreational Swimming Competitive Swimming Instruction/Group Classes<br />

Swimming Lessons Springboard Diving Wave Pool<br />

Play Features Slides ___________________<br />

Total Number of Guards on Staff: ______________<br />

Minimum Number of Guards on Duty: ______________<br />

Comments: ____________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

Page 226<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


APPENDIX Y<br />

Facility Audit Form (cont’d)<br />

Barriers<br />

Fencing: Height: ___________________________ Type: ___________________________________<br />

Visible Damage: Yes No<br />

Location of Damage:___________________________________________________________<br />

Gaps > 4": Yes No<br />

Location of Gaps: _____________________________________________________________<br />

Self-Closing Self-Latching Gate: Yes No<br />

Gate Opens Away From Pool: Yes No<br />

Type: _______________________________________________________________________<br />

Comments: ____________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

Structure<br />

Pool Volume: ____________________________ Surface Area: _______________________________<br />

Shallowest Water Depth: ___________________ Shallow End Slope Ratio: _____________________<br />

Deepest Water Depth: _____________________ Deep End Slope Ratio: ________________________<br />

Fixed Structures:<br />

Diving Board(s) How Many: _________________ Depth: _________________<br />

Starting Blocks How Many: _________________ Depth: _________________<br />

Slide(s) How Many: _________________ Depth: _________________<br />

Lifeguard Chair(s) How Many: _________________ Depth: _________________<br />

Ladders How Many: _________________ Depth: _________________<br />

Steps How Many: _________________ Depth: _________________<br />

Bulkhead(s) How Many: _________________ Depth: _________________<br />

___________________ How Many: _________________ Depth: _________________<br />

Special Features: Disability Access What Type(s): ____________________<br />

Movable Bulkhead<br />

Movable Floor<br />

____________________ ____________________<br />

Type of Structure: Shotcrete Metal ____________________<br />

Visible Damage: Yes No<br />

Location of Damage: _________________________________________________________________<br />

Type of Finish: Paint Plaster Fiberglass<br />

Tile Vinyl ____________________<br />

Visible Damage: Yes No<br />

Location of Damage: _________________________________________________________________<br />

Tile Band: Visible Damage: Yes No<br />

Location of Damage: _________________________________________________________________<br />

Coping Band: Visible Damage: Yes No<br />

Location of Damage: _________________________________________________________________<br />

Deck: Visible Damage: Yes No<br />

Location of Damage: _________________________________________________________________<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 227


APPENDIX Y<br />

Facility Audit Form (cont’d)<br />

Structure (continued)<br />

Lighting: Location: Overhead Underwater<br />

Sufficient: Yes No<br />

Emergency Lighting: Yes No<br />

Surface Skimming System: Overflow Skimmers To Waste<br />

# of Skimming Outlets: ________________________ Distance Apart: _______________________<br />

Water Appears Level at All Locations: Yes No<br />

Visible Damage: Yes No<br />

Location of Damage: _________________________________________________________________<br />

Number of Main Drains: ______________________________ Distance Apart: ____________________<br />

Location of Main Drains: ______________________________________________________________<br />

VGB 2008 Compliant Main Drains: Yes No<br />

Anti-Entrapment Drains: Yes No<br />

Visible Damage: Yes No<br />

Location of Damage: _________________________________________________________________<br />

Hydrostatic Relief Valves: Yes No Undetermined<br />

Number of Return Inlets: _______________________ Distance Apart: ___________________________<br />

Location of Return Inlets: ______________________________________________________________<br />

Visible Damage: Yes No<br />

Location of Damage: _________________________________________________________________<br />

Uniform Water Flow Pattern: Yes No<br />

How Determined: Visual Sodium Florescein Crystal Violet<br />

Location of Dead Spots: ______________________________________________________________<br />

__________________________________________________________________________________<br />

Comments: ___________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

Air Quality System<br />

Brand and Model: _______________________________________________________________________<br />

Energy Source: ____________________________ Installation Date: _____________________________<br />

Air Temperature: _____________ Relative Humidity: _____________ Smell of Air: ________________<br />

Air Quality: Dry Humid ___________<br />

Air Movement: Deck to Ceiling Ceiling to Deck Forced Air Radiation<br />

Perimeter Reclaimed and Recirculated Mix %: _____________<br />

Turnover Rate: ___________________<br />

Humidity Controllers: ____________________________________________________________________<br />

Comments: ___________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

Page 228<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


APPENDIX Y<br />

Facility Audit Form (cont’d)<br />

Electrical System<br />

Available Electrical Source: Yes No<br />

Panel Amperage Rating: _________________________________________________________________<br />

(Test of amperage under maximum current draw by turning on all equipment and recording current draw)<br />

Location: _____________________________________________________________________________<br />

Voltage: ________________________ Location of Circuit Box: ______________________________<br />

Bonding and Grounding Documentation: Yes No<br />

Emergency Shut-off Switch: Yes No<br />

Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters: Yes No<br />

Safety Covers: Yes No<br />

Comments: ___________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

Filtration/Circulation Equipment<br />

Required Flow Rate: _______________________ Actual Flow Rate: ____________________________<br />

How Actual Flow Rate was Determined: _____________________________________________________<br />

Required Turnover Rate: ____________________ Actual Turnover Rate: _________________________<br />

Filter Type: ___________________________________________________________________________<br />

Filter Brand: ___________________________________________________________________________<br />

Number of Units: ________________ Size of Units: ________________ Age of Filters: _______________<br />

Influent Gauge Reading: ____________________ Effluent Gauge Reading: _______________________<br />

Required Surface Area: _____________________ Actual Surface Area: __________________________<br />

Pump Brand: _____________________________ Variable Speed Pump: Yes No<br />

Horsepower: _____________________________ Rated Capacity (GPM): ________________________<br />

Number of Pumps: ________________________ Age of Pumps: ______________________________<br />

Suction Pipe Size: _________________________ Discharge Pipe Size: __________________________<br />

Safety Vacuum Release System: Yes No<br />

Type of S.V.R.S.: _______________________________________________________________________<br />

Comments: ____________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

Heating Equipment<br />

Heater Brand and Model: _________________________________________________________________<br />

Energy Source: ___________________________ BTU Output: ________________________________<br />

Installation Date: _______________________________________________________________________<br />

Comments: ___________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 229


APPENDIX Y<br />

Facility Audit Form (cont’d)<br />

Water Treatment<br />

Water Testing Equipment: ________________________________________________________________<br />

Disinfectant: ___________________________________________________________________________<br />

Method of Feeding: __________________________________ Prior to Filter After Filter<br />

Oxidizer: ______________________________________________________________________________<br />

Method of Feeding: __________________________________________________________________<br />

Superchlorination: ______________________________________________________________________<br />

pH Control: ____________________________________________________________________________<br />

Method of Feeding: __________________________________________________________________<br />

Alkalinity Control: _______________________________________________________________________<br />

Calcium Hardness Control: _______________________________________________________________<br />

Algae Control: _________________________________________________________________________<br />

Other Chemicals: _______________________________________________________________________<br />

__________________________________________________________________________________<br />

__________________________________________________________<br />

Is Bacteriological Testing Done: Yes No How Often: ___________________________<br />

By Whom: _________________________________________________________________________<br />

Phone: ________________________________ FAX: ________________________________<br />

Attach a copy of the last laboratory report.<br />

Comments: ____________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

Water Chemistry<br />

Water Clarity: ____________________________ Method of Determining Clarity: __________________<br />

Free Chlorine/Bromine: ______________________ ORP:<br />

_______________________<br />

Total Chlorine: ______________________ Combined Chlorine: _______________________<br />

pH: ______________________ Total Alkalinity: _______________________<br />

(Adjust for high Cya levels)<br />

Calcium Hardness: ______________________ Total Dissolved Solids: _______________________<br />

Water Temperature: ______________________ Cyanuric Acid: _______________________<br />

Saturation Index: ______________________ Water Condition: _______________________<br />

Iron: ______________________ Copper: _______________________<br />

Silver: ______________________ Manganese: _______________________<br />

Comments: ____________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

Page 230<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


APPENDIX Y<br />

Facility Audit Form (cont’d)<br />

Signage<br />

Facility Operational Permit Facility Rules/Regulations Emergency Phone Numbers<br />

Lifeguard Certifications Depth Markings No Diving<br />

Caution-Chemical Storage Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS)<br />

Maximum Occupancy/Capacity Tagging/Labeling of Operational Equipment<br />

Emergency Stuff-Off<br />

Warning on Chemical Storage Room Door<br />

Comments: ____________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

Safety Equipment<br />

Pool Cover Type: ___________________________________<br />

Used: Daily Seasonally<br />

Reaching Poles/Shepherd's Hooks (minimum of two) Adequate First Aid Supplies<br />

Ring Buoys/Rescue Tubes (minimum of two)<br />

Backboard with Straps<br />

Head Immobilizer Easily Accessible Telephone(s)<br />

Easily Accessible Fire Extinguisher(s) Safety Goggles<br />

Surgical Gloves (blood exposure)<br />

Resuscitation Mask<br />

Rubber Gloves (chemical handling)<br />

Dust Mask/Respirator<br />

________________________ ____________________ ________________________<br />

________________________ ____________________ ________________________<br />

Comments: ____________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

Documentation<br />

Facility Operating Permit Aquatic Safety Plan Facility Operations Procedures<br />

Safety Audit Checklists Maintenance Records Staff Training Records<br />

Staff Personnel <strong>Manual</strong>s Hazardous Materials Safety Plan<br />

Incident Reports<br />

Bloodborne Pathogens Exposure Control Plan<br />

Local Health Department Recreational Bathing Regs. CPO ® Certifications<br />

__________________ __________________ __________________<br />

__________________ __________________ __________________<br />

Comments: ___________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 231


APPENDIX Y<br />

Facility Audit Form (cont’d)<br />

Staff Training<br />

Pre-Season/Annual Training Date of Last Training: ____________________________<br />

In-Service Training<br />

Date of Last Training: ____________________________<br />

Topics Covered: ______________________________________________________________<br />

Bloodborne Pathogens Training Date of Last Training: ____________________________<br />

Hazardous Materials Training<br />

Date of Last Training: ____________________________<br />

____________________________ Date of Last Training: ____________________________<br />

____________________________ Date of Last Training: ____________________________<br />

Comments: ___________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

Supervision<br />

Pool Operator Certifications:<br />

NSPF (CPO ® Certification)<br />

Lifeguard Certifications:<br />

Lifeguarding<br />

Certifying Agencies: ____________________________________<br />

CPR<br />

Certifying Agencies: ____________________________________<br />

First Aid<br />

Certifying Agencies: ____________________________________<br />

________________________ Certifying Agencies: ____________________________________<br />

________________________ Certifying Agencies: ____________________________________<br />

Certifications posted/on file<br />

Lifeguard Supervision:<br />

Lifeguards Wearing Uniforms Lifeguards Easily Identifiable<br />

Lifeguards have Whistles Each Lifeguard has Safety Equipment<br />

Comments: ___________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

Notes<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

Page 232<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


APPENDIX Y<br />

Facility Audit Form (cont’d)<br />

Facility Sketch<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 233


APPENDIX Z<br />

Accessing Online Training Courses with an Access Code<br />

1. With an open web browser, go to www.nspf.org<br />

2. Select the Online Training button from the menu bar<br />

3. Select a course category link<br />

4. Select a course and add it to your cart<br />

5. Enter your access code in the box provided and click the Apply Access Code button<br />

(do not put the code in the discount code box)<br />

6. If you already have a shopping cart account, enter your email and password in the boxes<br />

provided and click Checkout. If you do not have an NSPF account, click on the Click here<br />

to register link to create an account. Enter your information and select Continue. Make<br />

a note of your email address and password as you will need those to login and continue<br />

your training in the future.<br />

7. Select Continue to view the purchase confi rmation screen<br />

8. Confirm your order<br />

9. Click on the link to begin your training or log out and continue your training at a future time.<br />

To continue later, just go to www.nspf.org and click the Login link at the top of the page.<br />

Enter your email address and password and click the Login button.<br />

10. For technical assistance, contact NSPF at 719-540-9119<br />

Page 234<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


APPENDIX AA<br />

Sample Facility Layout<br />

CONCESSIONS<br />

STORAGE<br />

MECHANICAL<br />

ROOM<br />

POOL<br />

EQUIPMENT<br />

ACID<br />

CHLORINE<br />

SWIMMING POOL<br />

WARMING<br />

POOL<br />

CLASSROOMS<br />

OFFICES<br />

MENS<br />

LOCKER/SHOWER<br />

HALLWAY<br />

WOMENS<br />

LOCKER/SHOWER<br />

LOBBY<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 235


APPENDIX BB<br />

Swimming Pool/Spa Barrier Inspection Checklist<br />

Reference: CPSC Publication 362 “Safety Barrier Guidelines for Home Pools”<br />

Public pool fencing standards typically meet or exceed these standards. Local codes may vary from the CPSC guidelines. As a result,<br />

the local inspector should check and inspect based on the local code requirements.<br />

The gate or door must be locked and access to pool prevented when the pool is not supervised.<br />

According to the CPSC, an outdoor swimming pool, including an in-ground, above-ground, or onground<br />

pool, hot tub, or spa, should be provided with a barrier that complies with the items below.<br />

Name of Facility: _____________________________________________________________________<br />

Facility Contact: __________________________________ Title:_______________________________<br />

Address of Facility: ___________________________________________________________________<br />

Item to Inspect Pass Fail Comments<br />

The top of the barrier should be at least 48 inches above<br />

grade.<br />

The maximum vertical clearance between grade and the<br />

bottom of the barrier should be 4 inches.<br />

(Some states require no more than 2 inches when the<br />

grade is a soft surface)<br />

Where the barrier is mounted on top of the pool structure,<br />

the maximum vertical clearance between the top of the<br />

pool structure and the bottom of the barrier should be no<br />

greater than 4 inches.<br />

Openings in the barrier should not allow for passage of a<br />

4-inch diameter sphere.<br />

Solid barriers should not contain indentations or<br />

protrusions except for normal construction tolerances and<br />

tooled masonry joints.<br />

Where the barrier is composed of horizontal and vertical<br />

members, the horizontal members should be located on<br />

the swimming pool side of the fence.<br />

Spacing between vertical members should not exceed 1-¾<br />

inches in width.<br />

Where there are decorative cutouts, spacing within the<br />

cutouts should not exceed 1-¾ inches in width.<br />

With horizontal and vertical members and the distance<br />

between the tops of the horizontal members is 45 inches<br />

or more, spacing between vertical members should not<br />

exceed four inches.<br />

Page 236<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


APPENDIX BB<br />

Swimming Pool/Spa Barrier Inspection Checklist (cont’d)<br />

Maximum mesh size for chain link fences should not exceed<br />

1-¾ inch square, unless the fence is provided with slats<br />

fastened at the top or the bottom which reduce the openings<br />

to no more than 1-¾ inches.<br />

Where the barrier is composed of diagonal members, such as<br />

a lattice fence, the maximum opening formed by the diagonal<br />

members should be no more than 1-¾ inches.<br />

Access gates should open outward, away from the pool, and<br />

should be self-closing and self-latching.<br />

Where the means of access is a ladder or steps, then the<br />

ladder to the pool or steps should be capable of being<br />

secured, locked or removed to prevent access, or the ladder<br />

or steps should be surrounded by a barrier as described<br />

above.<br />

Name of Facility Inspector: ____________________________________________<br />

Signature of Facility Inspector: _________________________________________<br />

Date of Inspection: ____________________________________________________<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 237


APPENDIX CC<br />

Electrical Safety Audit Checklist<br />

Reference: <strong>National</strong> Fire Protection Association (NFPA 70) – <strong>National</strong> Electric<br />

Code; Article 680<br />

This checklist is intended for the inspection of the construction and electrical wiring for, and<br />

equipment in or adjacent to, all swimming, wading, therapeutic, and decorative pools. This<br />

audit also applies to fountains, hot tubs, spas, and hydromassage bathtubs. An electrical audit<br />

should also be conducted on all metallic auxiliary equipment, such as pumps, filters, and similar<br />

equipment. For more complete descriptions please refer to the NFPA 70 <strong>National</strong> Electric Code.<br />

Name of Facility: _____________________________________________________________________<br />

Facility Contact: __________________________________ Title:_______________________________<br />

Address of Facility: ___________________________________________________________________<br />

Item to Inspect Pass Fail Comments<br />

Working space for electrical equipment for servicing and<br />

examination should be 30 (700 mm) to 36 inches (914<br />

mm).<br />

No electrical wiring must pass overhead within a 22.5<br />

feet vertical distance of the pool water surface.<br />

No electrical wiring must be within 10 feet or 3 meters<br />

horizontal distance from the inside pool wall.<br />

Electrical receptacles must have ground-fault circuit<br />

interrupters (GFCI) on all pools, for all lighting and other<br />

electrical circuits in the area of the pool.<br />

Each underwater light must be individually grounded by<br />

means of an adequate ground-wire screwed or bolted<br />

connection to the metal junction box from which the<br />

branch circuit to the individual light proceeds.<br />

No underground wiring within 5 feet from the inside wall<br />

of the pool unless the wiring is required for equipment<br />

permitted by the NFPA 70 code.<br />

A minimum of 1 receptacle greater than 10 feet and less<br />

than 20 feet from inside pool walls.<br />

Receptacles that are less than 20 feet from the inside<br />

pool walls must be GFCI protected.<br />

For cord-and-plug connected luminaires the outlets<br />

should be not less than 10 feet or 3 meters from the<br />

inside walls of the pool.<br />

Outlets supplying pool pump motors connected to singlephase,<br />

120 volt through 240 volt branch circuits, rated 15<br />

or 20 amperes, must be provided with GFCI protection.<br />

Where a permanently installed pool is at a dwelling unit,<br />

no fewer than one 125-volt, 15 or 20 ampere receptacle<br />

should be located not less than 6 feet or 1.83 meters<br />

from, and not more than 20 feet or 6 meters from, the<br />

inside wall of the pool.<br />

`<br />

Page 238<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


APPENDIX CC<br />

Electrical Safety Audit Checklist (cont’d)<br />

Outdoor lights must be a minimum of 5 feet from pool<br />

horizontally or greater than 12 feet above the water level of<br />

the pool.<br />

GFCI protection for lights greater than 5 feet and less than<br />

10 feet from the pool.<br />

Indoor lights that are 7.5 feet above the water are allowed<br />

if they are enclosed and GFCI protected.<br />

Pool light fixture ground wires must be unspliced, except at<br />

the terminals.<br />

Bond together pool shell, metal equipment for pumps, pool<br />

covers, underwater light forming shelf, and all metal less<br />

than 5 feet from the pool.<br />

Bonding wire must be a minimum solid 8 American Wire<br />

Gauge (AWG) copper.<br />

The top of an underwater fixture must be a minimum of 18<br />

inches below pool water surface level.<br />

Any junction box must be a minimum of 8 inches above the<br />

surface water level and 4 inches above the deck level.<br />

Junction boxes must be a minimum of 4 feet from edge of<br />

the pool.<br />

Cord-and-Plug connections for spas and hot tubs with a<br />

cord less than 15 feet in length are permitted providing<br />

they are GFCI protected.<br />

Cord-and-plug connected equipment flexible cord should<br />

not exceed 3 feet or 900 mm in length.<br />

There must be at least one 125-volt, 15 or 20 ampere<br />

receptacle, on a general purpose branch circuit located not<br />

less than 6 feet from and not exceeding 10 feet from the<br />

inside wall of the spa or hot tub.<br />

The use of portable electrical devices, such as announcing<br />

systems and radios within the reach of bathers must not be<br />

allowed.<br />

Name of Facility Inspector: ____________________________________________<br />

Signature of Facility Inspector: _________________________________________<br />

Date of Inspection: ____________________________________________________<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 239


APPENDIX DD<br />

Course Business Models and MSRPs<br />

CPO ® CERTIFICATION BLENDED COURSE BUSINESS MODEL<br />

Pool Operator Primer (Online Course) + Pool Operator Fusion (One-Day Classroom Training)<br />

SCENARIO ONE:<br />

Student purchases Pool Operator Primer from NSPF website. Student pays $150 (USD) and<br />

receives a Pool & Spa Operator Handbook. Student engages in a self-paced, self-study training<br />

program online.<br />

SCENARIO TWO:<br />

Student purchases Pool Operator Primer from NSPF website. Student pays $150 (USD) and<br />

receives a Pool & Spa Operator Handbook. Student engages in a self-paced, self-study training<br />

program online.<br />

After completion of the online if they decide they wish to become certifi ed, NSPF directs the<br />

student to NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong>s in their area to make arrangements for the one-day Pool Operator<br />

Fusion. The one-day Pool Operator Fusion class can be a standalone one day class or the second<br />

day of a two day classroom course.<br />

MSRP - $200 (USD) (for the one-day Fusion class).<br />

The cost to the <strong>Instructor</strong> is $30 for the certification since NSPF has already provided the handbook.<br />

SCENARIO THREE:<br />

Student enrolls and takes the blended course, Pool Operator Primer + Pool Operator Fusion,<br />

from an NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong>. The <strong>Instructor</strong> pre-purchases Primer Access Codes from NSPF for<br />

$85, which includes a Handbook and an exam. The access code is used by the student to enroll<br />

in the online Primer course. Upon completion the student attends the one-day Fusion course as<br />

arranged with the <strong>Instructor</strong>.<br />

MSRP - $300 (USD)<br />

The cost to the <strong>Instructor</strong> is $115 ($85 for the access code & Handbook, plus $30 for the certification)<br />

SCENARIO FOUR:<br />

Students purchase Pool Operator Primer directly from an <strong>Instructor</strong>. This is ideal for individuals<br />

seeking education, but do not need the certifi cation. <strong>Instructor</strong>s pre-purchase the Pool Operator<br />

Primer access codes for $85, which includes a Handbook and exam. The <strong>Instructor</strong> sells the<br />

access codes and handbook for $150. <strong>Instructor</strong> can follow-up with students to encourage them<br />

to enroll in the one-day Fusion class.<br />

MSRP - $150<br />

Page 240<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


APPENDIX DD<br />

Course Business Models and MSRPs (cont’d)<br />

CERTIFIED POOL/SPA INSPECTOR TRAINING BUSINESS MODEL<br />

SCENARIO ONE:<br />

Student purchases Certified Pool/Spa Inspector online course from the NSPF website. Student<br />

pays $50 and receives a Certified Pool/Spa Inspector Handbook. Student engages in a self-paced,<br />

self-study training program online.<br />

Upon completion of the online course, the student may submit a certification request form<br />

(downloaded from the online course) and the $30 certification fee to NSPF to receive CPI<br />

certification. (NOTE: Student must have a valid CPO ® certification in order to receive CPI<br />

certification)<br />

SCENARIO TWO:<br />

Student enrolls and takes the Certifi ed Pool/Spa Inspector classroom course from an NSPF<br />

<strong>Instructor</strong>. The <strong>Instructor</strong> purchases bundles of 10 handbooks with exams from NSPF for $100<br />

per bundle. <strong>Instructor</strong>s should request the exams when purchasing the handbooks. The <strong>Instructor</strong><br />

teaches the one-day class, which can include a hands-on inspection at an aquatic facility. Upon<br />

completion of the course and exam the <strong>Instructor</strong> submits a course record to NSPF together with<br />

the $30 per student certifi cation fee.<br />

MSRP - $150 (USD)<br />

The cost to the <strong>Instructor</strong> is $40 ($10 for the handbook, plus $30 for the certifi cation)<br />

SCENARIO THREE:<br />

Students purchase online Certifi ed Pool/Spa Inspector course directly from an <strong>Instructor</strong>.<br />

<strong>Instructor</strong>s pre-purchase the Certifi ed Pool/Spa Inspector online course access codes for $25,<br />

which includes a Handbook. The <strong>Instructor</strong> sells the access codes and handbook for $50.<br />

Upon completion of the online course, the student may submit a certification request form and the<br />

$30 certification fee to NSPF to receive CPI certification. (NOTE: Student must have a valid CPO ®<br />

certification in order to receive CPI certification)<br />

MSRP - $50 (USD)<br />

AQUATIC PLAY FEATURE TRAINING BUSINESS MODEL<br />

SCENARIO ONE:<br />

Student purchases the Aquatic Play Feature online course from the NSPF website. Student pays<br />

$50 and receives an Aquatic Play Feature Handbook. Student engages in a self-paced, self-study<br />

training program online.<br />

SCENARIO TWO:<br />

Student enrolls and takes the Aquatic Play Feature classroom course from an NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong>.<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 241


APPENDIX DD<br />

Course Business Models and MSRPs (cont’d)<br />

The <strong>Instructor</strong> purchases bundles of 10 handbooks with exams from NSPF for $100 per bundle.<br />

<strong>Instructor</strong>s should request the exams when purchasing the handbooks. The <strong>Instructor</strong> teaches<br />

the 4-hour class, which can include a hands-on inspection at an aquatic play feature facility. Upon<br />

completion of the course and exam the <strong>Instructor</strong> submits a course record to NSPF together with<br />

the $10 per student record of completion fee.<br />

MSRP - $75 (USD)<br />

The cost to the <strong>Instructor</strong> is $20 ($10 for the handbook, plus $10 for the record of completion)<br />

SCENARIO THREE:<br />

Students purchase online Aquatic Play Feature course directly from an <strong>Instructor</strong>. <strong>Instructor</strong>s prepurchase<br />

the Certifi ed Pool/Spa Inspector online course access codes for $25, which includes a<br />

Handbook. The <strong>Instructor</strong> sells the access codes and handbook for $50.<br />

MSRP - $50 (USD)<br />

AQUATIC MANAGEMENT SERIES TRAINING BUSINESS MODEL<br />

(Courses include Aquatic Risk Management, Emergency Response Planning,<br />

and Aquatic Facility Audits)<br />

SCENARIO ONE:<br />

Student purchases any of the management series online courses from the NSPF website. Student<br />

pays $50 per course and receives a NSPF accompanying Handbook. Student engages in a selfpaced,<br />

self-study training program online.<br />

SCENARIO TWO:<br />

Student enrolls and takes any of the Aquatic Management Series classroom courses from an<br />

NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong>. The <strong>Instructor</strong> purchases bundles of 10 handbooks with exams from NSPF for<br />

$100 per bundle. <strong>Instructor</strong>s should request the exams when purchasing the handbooks. The<br />

<strong>Instructor</strong> teaches the four-hour class (per course), which can include a hands-on inspection at an<br />

aquatic facility. Upon completion of the course and exam the <strong>Instructor</strong> submits a course record to<br />

NSPF together with the $10 per student record of completion fee.<br />

MSRP - $75 (USD)<br />

The cost to the <strong>Instructor</strong> is $20 ($10 for the handbook, plus $10 for the record of completion)<br />

SCENARIO THREE:<br />

Students purchase online Aquatic Management Series courses directly from an <strong>Instructor</strong>.<br />

<strong>Instructor</strong>s pre-purchase online course access codes for $25 for each of the management<br />

courses, which includes a Handbook for each. The <strong>Instructor</strong> sells the access codes and<br />

handbook for $50 per course.<br />

MSRP - $50 (USD) per course<br />

Page 242<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


APPENDIX EE<br />

2013-2014 NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> Agreement<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 243


APPENDIX EE<br />

2013-2014 NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> Agreement (cont’d)<br />

Page 244<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®


APPENDIX EE<br />

2013-2014 NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> Agreement (cont’d)<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation® Page 245


APPENDIX EE<br />

2013-2014 NSPF <strong>Instructor</strong> Agreement (cont’d)<br />

Page 246<br />

© 2014 <strong>National</strong> Swimming Pool Foundation®

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!